Documente Academic
Documente Profesional
Documente Cultură
SIPROTEC 5 – Devices
Protection, Automation and Monitoring
Catalog SIPROTEC 5.01 · Edition 4
siemens.com/siprotec
Overview of documentation
SIPROTEC 5/DIGSI 5
Tutorial
Visio-Uebersicht-us.pdf
Overview of Documentation for the SIPROTEC 5 System
Communication protocol manual The tutorial on the DVD contains brief information about
important product features, more detailed information about the
The Communication protocol manual contains a description of individual technical areas, as well as operating sequences with
the protocols for communication within the SIPROTEC 5 device tasks based on practical operation and a brief explanation.
family and to higher-level network control centers.
SIPROTEC 5 SIPROTEC 5 1
SIPROTEC 5 System 3
Protection 3.2
Control 3.3
Automation 3.4
The products and systems described in this catalog are Monitoring 3.5
manufactured and sold according to a certified manage-
ment system (acc. to ISO 9001, ISO 14001 and BS Data Acquisition and Recording 3.6
OHSAS 18001).
Communication 3.7
SIPROTEC 5 ⋅ Devices Protection, Automation and Monitoring ⋅ Catalog SIPROTEC 5.01 - Edition 4 3
Content
3.9 Test
3.10 Engineering
3.11 Hardware
4 Appendix
4 SIPROTEC 5 ⋅ Devices Protection, Automation and Monitoring ⋅ Siemens SIPROTEC 5.01 - Edition 4
Content
Editorial
Editorial
SIPROTEC has been a recognized brand leader in digital protec-
tion and bay units on the energy market for decades The
Siemens high-performance SIPROTEC devices cover the entire
power spectrum and can be implemented in a wide range of
fields – from power generation to extra-high voltage transmis-
sion and distribution network applications.
"Smart automation for grids" is the Siemens response to the
present and future challenges to achieve a reliable and efficient
energy supply. SIPROTEC 5 is an active component of the
energy-efficient smart grid and an important building block in
the complex distributed energy supply systems and networks
solutions.
The next generation of SIPROTEC devices, SIPROTEC 5, is based
on the proven properties of SIPROTEC 4 to provide you with a
new, modern platform of hardware and software. This platform
offers an excellent solution to the challenges associated with
evolving grid structures and workflows. The quality, reliability
and proven functions of the former system have been
[E_CC_SIP5_GD_SS_LED, 1, --_--]
preserved. Innovative approaches including holistic workflow,
safety and security, and network stability monitoring (PMU func-
tionality) have been added.
The pioneering system architecture puts you in full control of
switchgear communications. A powerful, reliable communica-
tion infrastructure, combined with the flexible engineering
capabilities serves as the basis for handling distributed, decen-
tralized system structures. For you, "Designed to communicate"
in SIPROTEC 5 means: Communication is the central component
of the system architecture to provide the flexibility, safety and
security needed now and in future, automated distributed
network solutions.
With SIPROTEC 5, you are using a new generation of intelligent,
digital multifunction bay units. The new operating tool DIGSI 5
gives you the individual support you want – it handles your
specific workflow requirements, from system design to device
selection and testing, covering the entire device lifecycle. The
new tool offers cost savings over the entire lifecycle without
compromising safety or system availability.
[E_CC_SIP5_PAS_Gruppe, 1, --_--] With the new SIPROTEC 5 generation, you are well equipped to
meet the growing economic and availability demands imposed
on your networks. The philosophy of SIPROTEC 5 is reflected in
the modularity and flexibility of its hardware and software
components. Perfectly tailored fit – the custom fit for your
switchgear and requirements for the application and standardi-
zation of power automation.
Ingo Erkens
General Manager
Energy Management
Digital Grid
Automation Products
[E_CC_Close_up_Laptop_USB_ISO2, 1, --_--]
SIPROTEC 5 ⋅ Devices Protection, Automation and Monitoring ⋅ Catalog SIPROTEC 5.01 - Edition 4 5
SIPROTEC 5
Introduction – Solutions for the power systems of today and the future
Solutions for the power systems of today and the future How can you benefit from this experience?
SIPROTEC has been established on the energy market for • Proven and complete applications
decades as a powerful and complete system family of digital
1.1
protection relays and bay units from Siemens. SIPROTEC protec- • Optimum cooperation of the components in the system
tion devices from Siemens can be used consistently throughout • Highest quality of hardware and functionality
all applications in medium and high voltage. With SIPROTEC,
operators have their plants firmly and safely under control, and • Excellent operator friendliness of devices and tools
have the basis to implement cost-effective solutions for all tasks
in modern, intelligent and "smart" power systems. Users can • Easy data exchange between applications
combine the units of the individual SIPROTEC device series at • Excellent consistency of product and system
will for solving a variety of tasks – SIPROTEC stands for
continuity, openness and future-proof design. • Reduced complexity due to simple operation
As the innovation driver and trendsetter in the field of power • Siemens as a reliable, worldwide operating party.
system protection for 100 years, Siemens helps you to design
your power systems in an intelligent, ecological, reliable and Information about the SIPROTEC 4 and SIPROTEC Compact
efficient way, and to operate them economically. As a pioneer, product families can be found in the related catalogs or at:
Siemens has decisively influenced the development of digital www.siemens.com/siprotec
power system protection (Figure 1.1/2). The first application
went into operation in Würzburg, Germany, in 1977. Consistent
integration of protection and control functions for all SIPROTEC
devices was the innovation step in the 90s. After the release of
the IEC 61850 communication standard in 2004, Siemens was
the first manufacturer worldwide to put a system with this
communication standard into operation. More than 500,000
Siemens devices with IEC 61850 are in operation throughout
the world.
Many users have approved SIPROTEC protection devices for use
in their power systems. The devices have also been certified by
independent test institutes and universities (KEMA, EPRI, LOYD,
UR Laboratories).
[SIP_Schutz_Gruppe, 1, --_--]
1.1/1 SIPROTEC 5 ⋅ Devices Protection, Automation and Monitoring ⋅ Siemens SIPROTEC 5.01 - Edition 4
SIPROTEC 5
Introduction – Solutions for the power systems of today and the future
1.1
SIPROTEC 5 ⋅ Devices Protection, Automation and Monitoring ⋅ Catalog SIPROTEC 5.01 - Edition 4 1.1/2
SIPROTEC 5
Introduction – The new benchmark for protection, automation and monitoring
1.1/3 SIPROTEC 5 ⋅ Devices Protection, Automation and Monitoring ⋅ Siemens SIPROTEC 5.01 - Edition 4
SIPROTEC 5
Innovation Highlights – Holistic workflow
With SIPROTEC 5, Siemens is writing another chapter in the Perfectly tailored fit
successful history of protection technology, representing the
Individually configurable devices provide you with cost-effective
5th digital generation and over 100 years of experience in
solutions that match your needs precisely throughout the entire
protection. SIPROTEC 5 represents the next logical step in this
lifecycle. SIPROTEC 5 sets new standards in cost savings and
development. With SIPROTEC 5, we have combined a function-
availability with its innovative modular and flexible hardware,
ality that has been proven and refined over years with a high- 1.2
software and communication. SIPROTEC 5 provides a perfectly
performance and flexible new platform, extended with trendset-
tailored fit for your switchgear and applications that is
ting innovations for present and future demands.
unequaled by any other system.
Holistic workflow
Perfectly tailored fit in SIPROTEC 5 means:
End-to-end engineering from system design to operation makes
your work easier throughout the entire process.
• Modular system design in hardware, functionality and
communication ensures the perfect fit to your needs
The highlight of SIPROTEC 5 is the greater-than-ever emphasis
on daily ease of operation. SIPROTEC 5 provides holistic support
• Functional integration of a wide range of applications, such as
protection, control, measurement, power quality or fault
along all the steps in the workflow, allowing for system view recording
management and configuration down to the details of indi-
vidual devices, saving time and cost without compromising • The same expansion and communication modules for all
quality (Figure 1.2/1). devices in the family
Holistic workflow in SIPROTEC 5 means: • Innovative terminal technology ensures easy assembly and
interchangeability at the highest possible degree of safety
• Integrated, consistent system and device engineering – from • Identical functions throughout the entire system family mean
the single line of the plant all the way to device parameteriza-
fewer training requirements and increased safety. Example:
tion
Identical automatic reclosing (AREC) for the line protection
• Simple, intuitive graphical linking of primary and secondary devices 7SD8, 7SA8, 7SL8
equipment
• Functions can be edited to be customized individually for your
• Supplied application templates for the most frequently used specific requirements
applications
• Innovations are made available to all devices at the same time
• Manufacturer-independent tool for easy system engineering and can easily be retrofitted as needed via libraries
• Open interfaces for seamless integration into your process Perfectly tailored fit in SIPROTEC 5 means for you: Individually
environment configurable devices save money on initial investment, spare
parts storage, maintenance, extension and adaptation of your
• Integrated tools for testing during engineering, commis- system.
sioning, and for simulating operational scenarios, such as
system incidents or switching operations.
[Innovationsschwerpunkte, 1, --_--]
Designed to communicate
The trendsetting system architecture places communication
firmly under your control. Powerful, flexible, and above all reli-
able communication is the prerequisite for distributed and
[Holistic workflow, 1, en_US] decentralized system topologies, such as Smart Grids. In the
system architecture of SIPROTEC 5, we have attached immense
Figure 1.2/1 End-to-end tools – from design to operation
importance to communication, and we have gone to excep-
tional lengths to ensure that you are ideally equipped for the
Holistic workflow in SIPROTEC 5 means for you: communication demands of today and the future.
An end-to-end tool from system design to operation – even Designed to communicate in SIPROTEC 5 means:
across department boundaries – saves time, assures data
security and transparency throughout the entire lifecycle of your • Adaptation to the topology of your communication structure
plant using parameters (ring, star, network, etc.)
• Scalable redundancy in hardware and software (protocols to
match your requirements)
SIPROTEC 5 ⋅ Devices Protection, Automation and Monitoring ⋅ Catalog SIPROTEC 5.01 - Edition 4 1.2/1
SIPROTEC 5
Innovation Highlights – Safety and security inside
• Multiple communication channels to various higher-level • Encryption along the entire communication route between
systems DIGSI 5 and device, in accordance with the recommendations
of industry standards and best practices
• Pluggable and upgradeable communication modules
• Automatic logging of access attempts and safety-critical oper-
• Hardware modules decoupled from the currently used ations on the devices and systems.
1.2 communication protocol
Smart Automation for Grids
• 2 independent Ethernet protocols in one module
Climate change and dwindling fossil fuels are forcing a total re-
• Extensive routines for test connections, functions and oper- evaluation of the energy supply industry, from generation to
ating workflows distribution and consumption. This is having fundamental
• Expansion module for process-bus communication effects on the structure and operation of the power systems.
Designed to communicate in SIPROTEC 5 means for you: Smart automation, the intelligent power automation system, is
Communication as an integral component of the system archi- a major real-time component designed to preserve the stability
tecture provides you with the flexibility and safeguards you of these power systems and at the same time conserve energy
need in densely networked systems today and in the future. and reduce costs.
With SIPROTEC 5 and the unique spectrum of integrated func-
tionality, you have the optimum smart automation platform for
your smart power systems.
Smart Automation for Grids in SIPROTEC 5 means:
• Open, scalable architecture for IT integration and new func-
tions
• "Smart functions", for example for network operation, analysis
of faults or power quality (power system monitoring, power
control unit, fault location)
• Integrated automation with optimized logic blocks based on
the IEC 61131-3 standard
• High-precision acquisition and processing of process values
and transmission to other components in Smart Grid
[SIP5_Kommunikationsschnittst, 1, --_--]
• Protection, automation and monitoring in Smart Grid.
Figure 1.2/3 SIPROTEC 5 device with extensive communication inter-
faces SIPROTEC 5 devices have specifically been designed to meet the
requirements of the modern grid, secure the future and offer
the necessary automation platform.
Safety and security inside
The elements that connect the five mentioned innovation high-
Multilayer safety mechanisms in all links of the system safety
lights are IEC 61850 Edition 2 and its thoroughly designed, user-
chain provide you with the highest possible level of safety and
oriented implementation in SIPROTEC 5.
availability. Safety for humans and the plant, and maximum
availability, are the top priorities. As the plant systems become
more open and complex, conventional safety mechanisms are
no longer adequate. For this reason, a safety concept has been
integrated in the SIPROTEC 5 device architecture that is
designed to address and implement these multilayer aspects in a
holistic approach.
Safety and security inside in SIPROTEC 5 means:
• Proven functions to protect plants and personnel, continu-
ously developed over five generations.
• Long-lasting, rugged hardware (housings, modules, plugs)
and a sophisticated layout of the entire electronics for highest
resilience against voltage, EMC, climate and mechanical stress
• Sophisticated self-monitoring routines identify and report
device faults immediately and reliably [Systemkomponente, 1, --_--]
• Conformity with the stringent Cyber Security requirements in Figure 1.2/4 SIPROTEC 5 as a system component of the smart grid
accordance with the industry standards and regulations, such
as the BDEW Whitepaper and NERC CIP IEC 61850 – Simply usable
Siemens, the pioneer of IEC 61850, makes the full potential of
this global standard easily usable for you.
1.2/2 SIPROTEC 5 ⋅ Devices Protection, Automation and Monitoring ⋅ Siemens SIPROTEC 5.01 - Edition 4
SIPROTEC 5
Innovation Highlights – IEC 61850 – Simply usable
The IEC 61850 standard is more than just a substation automa- "IEC 61850 – Simply usable" in SIPROTEC 5 means:
tion protocol. It comprehensively defines data types, functions
and communication in station networks. In Edition 2, the influ-
• A stand-alone IEC 61850 system configurator allows
IEC 61850 configuration of SIPROTEC 5, SIPROTEC 4 and
ence of the standard is extended to more domains and applica-
devices from other vendors
tions of the energy supply industry.
Siemens was actively involved in the process of standardization
• Full compatibility with Editions 1 and 2 1.2
from Edition 1 to Edition 2, and with the largest number of • Open interfaces to IEC 61850 guarantee manufacturer-inde-
completed installations in the world, our experience as a manu- pendent system configuration and interoperability
facturer in the field is unsurpassed. Jointly with key customers,
we designed its implementation in SIPROTEC 5, paying close
• Conversion of the complexity of the IEC 61850 data model
into your familiar user language
attention to interoperability, flexibility and compatibility
between Editions 1 and 2. • Flexible object modeling, degrees of freedom in object
addressing and flexible communication services ensure the
Besides the standard protocol IEC 61850, SIPROTEC 5 also highest possible degree of interoperability and effective
supports other protocols, such as IEC 60870-5-103, IEC exchange and expansion concepts
60870-5-104, DNP 3 (serial or TCP) or Modbus TCP.
• Handling optimization based on many projects and close
cooperation with customers from all fields of application
• Protection settings via IEC 61850
• Using several communication modules in Edition 2
The implementation of IEC 61850 Edition 2 unleashes the full
potential of this standard by optimally supporting your opera-
tional needs and simplifying handling.
SIPROTEC 5 ⋅ Devices Protection, Automation and Monitoring ⋅ Catalog SIPROTEC 5.01 - Edition 4 1.2/3
SIPROTEC 5
Innovation Highlights – IEC 61850 – Simply usable
1.2
1.2/4 SIPROTEC 5 ⋅ Devices Protection, Automation and Monitoring ⋅ Siemens SIPROTEC 5.01 - Edition 4
www.siemens.com/siprotec
Chapter
2/1 SIPROTEC 5 ⋅ Devices Protection, Automation and Monitoring ⋅ Siemens SIPROTEC 5.01 - Edition 4
SIPROTEC 5 Devices and Fields of Application
Device Types
2.1
[dw_sip5_anwendung, 2, en_US]
[dw_device_typ, 1, en_US]
SIPROTEC 5 ⋅ Devices Protection, Automation and Monitoring ⋅ Catalog SIPROTEC 5.01 - Edition 4 2.1/1
SIPROTEC 5 Devices and Fields of Application
Device Types
2.1/2 SIPROTEC 5 ⋅ Devices Protection, Automation and Monitoring ⋅ Siemens SIPROTEC 5.01 - Edition 4
SIPROTEC 5 Devices and Fields of Application
Relay Selection Guide
2.2
SIPROTEC 5 ⋅ Devices Protection, Automation and Monitoring ⋅ Catalog SIPROTEC 5.01 - Edition 4 2.2/1
SIPROTEC 5 Devices and Fields of Application
Relay Selection Guide
6MD85
6MD86
7SA82
7SA86
7SA87
7KE85
ANSI Functions Abbr.
Protection functions for 3-pole tripping 3-pole ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
Protection functions for 1-pole tripping 1-pole ■
Hardware quantity structure expandable I/O ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
21/21N Distance protection Z<, V< /I>/∠(V,I) ■ ■ ■
21T Impedance protection for transformers Z< ■ ■ ■
87L Line differential protection for 2 line ends ΔI
87L Line differential protection for 3 to 6 line ends (dependent ΔI
2.2 on Significant properties)
14 Locked rotor protection I> + n<
24 Overexcitation protection V/f
25 Synchrocheck, synchronizing function Sync ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
27 Undervoltage protection: "3-phase" or "pos.seq. V1" or V< ■ ■ ■
"universal Vx"
27 Undervoltage protection: "3-phase" or "universal Vx" V< ■ ■
Undervoltage-controlled reactive power protection Q>/V< ■ ■ ■
32, 37 Power protection active/reactive power P<>, Q<> ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
32R Reverse power protection - P<
37 Undercurrent I< ■ ■ ■
38 Temperature Supervision θ> ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
40 Underexcitation protection 1/xd
46 Negative sequence overcurrent protection I2> ■ ■
46 Unbalanced-load protection (thermal) I2² t>
46 Negative sequence overcurrent protection with direction I2>, ∠(V2,I2) ■ ■ ■
47 Overvoltage protection, negative-sequence system V2> ■ ■ ■
47 Overvoltage protection, negative-sequence- / positive- V2/V1>
sequence system
47 Overvoltage protection: "neg.-seq. V2" or "neg.-seq. V2 / V2>; V2/V1>
pos.-seq.V1"
48 Starting-time supervision for motors I²start
49 Thermal overload protection θ, I²t ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
49 Thermal overload protection for RLC filter elements of a θ, I²t
capacitor bank
49H Hot spot calculation θh, I²t
49R Thermal overload protection, rotor θR
50/51 TD Overcurrent protection, phases I> ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
50N/ 51N TD Overcurrent protection, ground IN> ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
50HS High speed instantaneous overcurrent protection I>>> ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
Instantaneous tripping at switch onto fault SOTF ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
50N/ 51N TD Overcurrent protection, 1-phase IN> ■ ■ ■
50Ns/ 51Ns Sensitive ground-current protection for systems with reso- INs> ■ ■ ■
nant or isolated neutral
Intermittent ground fault protection Iie> ■ ■ ■
50/51 TD Overcurrent protection for RLC filter elements of a capa- I>
citor bank
50GN Shaft current protection INs>
50/27 Inadvertent energization protection I>, V<reset
50BF Circuit-breaker failure protection, 3-pole CBFP ■ ■ ■
50BF Circuit-breaker failure protection, 1-/3-pole CBFP ■
50RS Circuit-breaker restrike protection CBRS ■ ■
50EF End fault protection
50L Load-jam protection I>L
51V Voltage dependent overcurrent protection t=f(I,V) ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
2.2/2 SIPROTEC 5 ⋅ Devices Protection, Automation and Monitoring ⋅ Siemens SIPROTEC 5.01 - Edition 4
SIPROTEC 5 Devices and Fields of Application
Relay Selection Guide
7UM85
7UT82
7UT85
7UT86
7UT87
7SD82
7SD86
7SD87
7VK87
7SK82
7SK85
7SS85
7SL82
7SL86
7SL87
7SJ82
7SJ85
7SJ86
■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
■ ■ ■ ■
■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
2.2
■ ■
■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
■
■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
■
■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
■ ■ ■ ■
■ ■
■ ■ ■
■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
■ ■
■ ■ ■ ■ ■
■ ■ ■
■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
■ ■
■
■
■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
■ ■ ■ ■
■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
■
■ ■ ■
■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
SIPROTEC 5 ⋅ Devices Protection, Automation and Monitoring ⋅ Catalog SIPROTEC 5.01 - Edition 4 2.2/3
SIPROTEC 5 Devices and Fields of Application
Relay Selection Guide
6MD85
6MD86
7SA82
7SA86
7SA87
7KE85
ANSI Functions Abbr.
Peak overvoltage protection, 3-phase, for capacitors V> cap.
59, 59N Overvoltage protection: "3-phase" or "zero seq. V0" or V> ■ ■ ■
"pos.seq. V1" or "universal Vx"
59 Overvoltage protection: "3-phase" or "pos.seq. V1" or V> ■ ■
"universal Vx"
59N, 67Ns Stator ground fault protection (undirectional, directional) V0>, ∠(V0,I0)
27TH, 59TH, 59THD Stator ground fault protection with 3rd harmonics V03.H<, V03.H>;
ΔV03.H
2.2 60C Current-unbalance protection for capacitor banks Iunbal>
64S Stator ground fault protection 100% (20-Hz) RSG<
64F, frated Rotor ground fault protection (IRG>, fn) IRG>
64F, frated Rotor ground fault protection (RRG>, fn) RRG<
66 Restart inhibit for motors I²t
67 Directional overcurrent protection, phases I>, ∠(V,I) ■ ■ ■
67N Directional overcurrent protection for ground faults in IN>, ∠(V,I) ■ ■ ■
grounded systems
67N Directional overcurrent protection, ground IN>, ∠(V,I)
67Ns Dir. sensitive ground-fault detection for systems with reso- ■ ■ ■
nant or isolated neutral incl. a) 3I0>, b) V0>, c) Cos-/
SinPhi, d) Transient fct., e) Phi(V,I), f) admittance
Directional intermittent ground fault protection Iie dir> ■ ■ ■
68 Power-swing blocking ΔZ/Δt ■ ■ ■
74TC Trip circuit supervision TCS ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
78 Out-of-step protection ΔZ/Δt ■ ■ ■
79 Automatic reclosing, 3-pole AR ■ ■ ■
79 Automatic reclosing, 1-/3-pole AR ■
81 Frequency protection: "f>" or "f<" or "df/dt" f>,<; df/dt>,< ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
85/21 Teleprotection for distance protection ■ ■ ■
85/27 Weak or no infeed: Echo and Tripping WI ■ ■ ■
85/67N Teleprotection for directional ground fault protection ■ ■ ■
86 Lockout ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
87B Busbar differential protection ΔI
Cross stabilization
Bay
87T Transformer differential protection ΔI
87T Transformer differential protection for phase angle regula- ΔI
ting transformer (single core)
87T Transformer differential protection for phase angle regula- ΔI
ting transformer (two core)
87T Transformer differential protection for special transfor- ΔI
mers
87T Node Differential protection (Node protection for Autotrans- ΔI Node
former)
87N T Restricted ground-fault protection ΔIN ■ ■ ■
87M Motor differential protection ΔI
87G Generator differential protection ΔI
87C Differential protection, capacitor bank ΔI
87V Voltage differential protection, capacitor bank ΔV
87L/ 87T Option for line differential protection: including power ΔI
transformer
Option for line differential protection:charging-current ΔI
compensation
Broken-wire detection for differential protection
2.2/4 SIPROTEC 5 ⋅ Devices Protection, Automation and Monitoring ⋅ Siemens SIPROTEC 5.01 - Edition 4
SIPROTEC 5 Devices and Fields of Application
Relay Selection Guide
7UM85
7UT82
7UT85
7UT86
7UT87
7SD82
7SD86
7SD87
7VK87
7SK82
7SK85
7SS85
7SL82
7SL86
7SL87
7SJ82
7SJ85
7SJ86
■ ■
■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
■ ■ ■ ■
■
■
■ ■ 2.2
■
■
■
■ ■ ■
■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
■ ■ ■ ■
■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
■ ■ ■
■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
■
■
■
■ ■ ■ ■ ■
■ ■ ■ ■
■ ■ ■
■ ■ ■ ■
■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
■ ■ ■ ■ ■
■ ■
■
■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
SIPROTEC 5 ⋅ Devices Protection, Automation and Monitoring ⋅ Catalog SIPROTEC 5.01 - Edition 4 2.2/5
SIPROTEC 5 Devices and Fields of Application
Relay Selection Guide
6MD85
6MD86
7SA82
7SA86
7SA87
7KE85
ANSI Functions Abbr.
87 STUB STUB Differential protection (for one-and-half circuit- ■ ■
breaker applications)
90V Automatic voltage control for 2 winding transformer ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
90V Automatic voltage control for 3 winding transformer ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
90V Automatic voltage control for grid coupling transformer ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
FL Fault locator, single-ended measurement FL-one ■ ■ ■
PMU Synchrophasor measurement (1 PMU can be used for max. PMU ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
8 voltages and 8 currents)
2.2
AFD Arc-protection (only with plug-in module ARC-CD-3FO) ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
Measured values, standard ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
Measured values, extended: Min, Max, Avg ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
Switching statistic counters ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
Circuit breaker wear monitoring ΣIx, I²t, 2P ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
CFC (Standard, Control) ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
CFC arithmetic ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
Switching sequences function ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
Inrush current detection ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
External trip initiation ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
Control ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
Fault recording of analog and binary signals ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
Monitoring and supervision ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
Protection interface, serial ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
Circuit Breaker ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
Disconnector ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
FSR Fast-scan recorder FSR ■
SSR Slow-scan recorder SSR ■
CR Continuous recorder CR ■
TR Trend recorder TR ■
PQR Power Quality recordings (functionalities) PQR ■
Sequence of events recorder SOE ■
ExTrFct Extended trigger functions ExTrFct ■
Region France: Overload protection for lines and cables ■ ■ ■
'PSL-PSC'
Region France: Overcurrent protection 'MAXI-L' ■ ■ ■
Region France: Net decoupling protection 'PDA' ■ ■ ■
Region France: Overload protection for transformers ■ ■ ■
Transformer Side 7UT85
Transformer Side 7UT86
Transformer Side 7UT87
2.2/6 SIPROTEC 5 ⋅ Devices Protection, Automation and Monitoring ⋅ Siemens SIPROTEC 5.01 - Edition 4
SIPROTEC 5 Devices and Fields of Application
Relay Selection Guide
7UM85
7UT82
7UT85
7UT86
7UT87
7SD82
7SD86
7SD87
7VK87
7SK82
7SK85
7SS85
7SL82
7SL86
7SL87
7SJ82
7SJ85
7SJ86
■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
2.2
■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
■
■
■
SIPROTEC 5 ⋅ Devices Protection, Automation and Monitoring ⋅ Catalog SIPROTEC 5.01 - Edition 4 2.2/7
SIPROTEC 5 Devices and Fields of Application
Relay Selection Guide
2.2
2.2/8 SIPROTEC 5 ⋅ Devices Protection, Automation and Monitoring ⋅ Siemens SIPROTEC 5.01 - Edition 4
SIPROTEC 5 Devices and Fields of Application
Application Examples – Medium voltage
Medium-voltage applications for all system grounding types Fast fault clearance in double-feed lines (closed) rings
2.3
[dw_Mittelspg-02, 2, en_US]
[dw_zentrale-Steuerung, 2, en_US]
[dw_Mittelspg-03, 2, en_US] Figure 2.3/4 Central control of multiple feeders and dedicated protec-
tion
Figure 2.3/2 Protection and control of several feeders with one device
Properties
Properties
• Protection for each bay
• Reduced investment with one device for several feeders
• Central control for multiple feeders
• Easy parameterization
• High availability because backup protection functions can be
• Shorter commissioning times activated in the controllers.
• Protecting up to 7 feeders with a single device reduces costs
SIPROTEC 5 ⋅ Devices Protection, Automation and Monitoring ⋅ Catalog SIPROTEC 5.01 - Edition 4 2.3/1
SIPROTEC 5 Devices and Fields of Application
Application Examples – Motor protection
Induction motor: protection and control Motor protection and easier differential protection
2.3
[dw_Motor-01, 1, en_US]
Properties Figure 2.3/7 Protection and control of several feeders with one device
• Thermal motor protection functions for reliable motor moni- • Differential protection function provides high responsivity and
toring short tripping time
• Thermal motor protection functions with direct connection of • Integration of the differential protection function in a sepa-
temperature sensors. rate function group reduces costs.
Motor protection with differential protection Differential motor protection with Korndorfer starter
[dw_Motor-03, 2, en_US]
Properties
[dw_Motordiff-mit-starter, 3, en_US]
• Autonomous differential protection functions
Figure 2.3/8 Differential motor protection with Korndorfer starter
• High sensitivity and short tripping times due to differential
protection function.
• Separate acquisition and monitoring of the current trans-
formers.
2.3/2 SIPROTEC 5 ⋅ Devices Protection, Automation and Monitoring ⋅ Siemens SIPROTEC 5.01 - Edition 4
SIPROTEC 5 Devices and Fields of Application
Application Examples – Motor protection
Properties
• Capturing, monitoring and controlling all circuit breakers
• Differential protection function also available during startup.
2.3
SIPROTEC 5 ⋅ Devices Protection, Automation and Monitoring ⋅ Catalog SIPROTEC 5.01 - Edition 4 2.3/3
SIPROTEC 5 Devices and Fields of Application
Application Examples – Transformer protection
2.3
[dw_Trafo1, 2, en_US]
[dw_Trafo2, 2, en_US]
Properties
• Separate acquisition, monitoring and control of all circuit
breakers
• High sensitivity with single line to ground-fault differential
protection
• Cost savings due to 87T and 87T N in one unit.
[dw_Trafo4, 1, en_US]
2.3/4 SIPROTEC 5 ⋅ Devices Protection, Automation and Monitoring ⋅ Siemens SIPROTEC 5.01 - Edition 4
SIPROTEC 5 Devices and Fields of Application
Application Examples – Transformer protection
Properties
• Free design of the protection and backup protection concept
• Inclusion of line protection devices
• Increased availability.
Three-winding transformer with differential protection 87T
and distance protection 21
2.3
[dw_kat-three-wind_7ut86, 2, en_US]
Properties
• Integrated backup protection function for the power system
• Easy engineering
• Increased flexibility for different plant versions
SIPROTEC 5 ⋅ Devices Protection, Automation and Monitoring ⋅ Catalog SIPROTEC 5.01 - Edition 4 2.3/5
SIPROTEC 5 Devices and Fields of Application
Application Examples – Generator protection
2.3
[dw_appl-01_simplified, 1, en_US]
[dw_simplified_appl-03, 2, en_US]
Figure 2.3/14 Unit connection of a small-power generator
Figure 2.3/15 Unit connection of a medium-power generator
Properties
Properties
• All functions in one device keep investments low
• All functions in one device keep investments low
• Basic hardware (1/3 x 19")
• Basic hardware (1/2 x 19")
• Preconfigured with the "Generator basis" application template
• Preconfigured with the "Generator unit connection basis"
application template
• Stator ground-fault protection protects 100% of the stator
winding by evaluating the residual voltage via the funda-
mental component and the 3rd harmonic (59N, 27TH)
• Differential protection via generator transformer with func-
tion 87T
2.3/6 SIPROTEC 5 ⋅ Devices Protection, Automation and Monitoring ⋅ Siemens SIPROTEC 5.01 - Edition 4
SIPROTEC 5 Devices and Fields of Application
Application Examples – Generator protection
Unit connection of a generator of medium to high power Unit connection of a generator with auxiliary transformer
2.3
[dw_simplified_appl-04, 1, en_US]
[dw_simplified_appl-04_2, 2, en_US]
Figure 2.3/16 Unit connection of a generator of medium to high power Figure 2.3/17 Unit connection of a generator with auxiliary transformer
Properties Properties
• All functions in one device keep investments low • All functions in one device keep investments low
• Minimum hardware (2/3 x 19") • Minimum hardware (2/3 x 19")
• Preconfigured with the "Generator unit connection enhanced" • Modification of the "Generator unit connection enhanced"
application template application template
• Stand-alone differential protection for generator (87G) and • Stand-alone differential protection via generator (87G) and
generator transformer (87T) generator transformer (87T)
• Real 100% stator ground-fault protection by coupled 20-Hz • Implementation of the transformer differential protection as
voltage teed feeder differential protection
• Stator ground-fault protection possible at plant standstill • Real 100% stator ground-fault protection for coupling a 20-Hz
voltage
• Synchrocheck release by the device during manual synchroni-
zation • Stator ground-fault protection possible at standstill
• Redundancy by device doubling • Synchrocheck release by the device during manual synchroni-
zation
• Redundancy by device doubling
SIPROTEC 5 ⋅ Devices Protection, Automation and Monitoring ⋅ Catalog SIPROTEC 5.01 - Edition 4 2.3/7
SIPROTEC 5 Devices and Fields of Application
Application Examples – Generator protection
2.3
Figure 2.3/18 Busbar connection of a generator Figure 2.3/19 High-power generator with protection as sub-packet
Properties Properties
• All functions in one device keep investments low • The delivery includes generator, excitation and generator
protection of a plant in unit connection for a steam turbine
• Basic hardware (1/2 x 19")
• All functions in one device keep investments low
• Preconfigured with the "Generator busbar connection" appli-
cation template • Minimum hardware (2/3 x 19")
• Stand-alone differential protection for the generator (87G) • Modification of the "Generator unit connection enhanced"
application template
• Directional stator ground-fault protection (67Ns)
• Sensitive reverse-power protection by connection to a sepa-
• Redundancy by device doubling rate instrument transformer
• Separate protection for the excitation transformer
• Synchrocheck release by the device during manual synchroni-
zation
• Redundancy by device doubling
2.3/8 SIPROTEC 5 ⋅ Devices Protection, Automation and Monitoring ⋅ Siemens SIPROTEC 5.01 - Edition 4
SIPROTEC 5 Devices and Fields of Application
Application Examples – Line protection
Protection and control separate Distance protection of two parallel lines with one device
[dw_LS-parallel, 2, en_US]
2.3
Figure 2.3/22 Distance protection of two parallel lines with one device
Properties
• Low-cost due to protection of both lines in one device
• Stable due to consideration of the influences of the parallel
[dw_LS-getrennt, 1, en_US] line for the distance protection function.
Figure 2.3/20 Protection and control separate Self-restoring multi-end configurations
Properties
• Clear assignment of protection and control in separate devices
• Less external components by detection and selection of
busbar voltage in the device
• High reliability due to backup protection functions in the
6MD8 bay controller
• High availability due to emergency control in the 7SL8 protec-
tion device.
Low-cost protection and device redundancy
[dw_Diff-Schutz-Ringschaltung, 1, en_US]
Properties
• High availability because differential protection is also active
[dw_LS-guenstige-variante, 1, en_US]
when a communication link fails
Figure 2.3/21 Low-cost protection and device redundancy • Self-restoring due to automatic switchover from ring to chain
topology
Properties • High ease of maintenance because single line ends can be
taken out of the differential protection configuration for
• High availability due to protection and device redundancy commissioning and servicing.
• Low-cost because only 2 devices required for 2 lines
• Reliable because of parallel processing of the protection func-
tions in the devices.
SIPROTEC 5 ⋅ Devices Protection, Automation and Monitoring ⋅ Catalog SIPROTEC 5.01 - Edition 4 2.3/9
SIPROTEC 5 Devices and Fields of Application
Application Examples – Line protection
2.3
[dw_z-prot-transf-lv-side_7sa86_090115, 1, en_US]
Properties
• The impedance protection for transformers (ANSI 21T)
permits effective backup protection with zones that reach in
the transformer
• A second impedance protection device can be used in the
same function group to protect the busbar at the low-voltage
side with reverse interlocking (85-21 RI)
• The impedance protection also provides the imperative
backup protection for the medium voltage feeders with highly
sensitive defect detection and stability under a heavy load.
Dual breaker applications
[dw_dual-breaker-applications_7sa86_090115, 1, en_US]
Properties
• With separate measurement of the CT current from both
breakers a stub protection is possible
• Separate measurement of CT currents improves stability
during heavy through fault current flowing from one bus to
the other when both breakers are closed.
2.3/10 SIPROTEC 5 ⋅ Devices Protection, Automation and Monitoring ⋅ Siemens SIPROTEC 5.01 - Edition 4
SIPROTEC 5 Devices and Fields of Application
Application Examples – Breaker-and-a-half layout
Modular and distributed protection and control solution Low-cost device and protective redundancy in breaker-and-
a-half arrangements
2.3
[dw_kostenguenstige-geraete, 2, en_US]
SIPROTEC 5 ⋅ Devices Protection, Automation and Monitoring ⋅ Catalog SIPROTEC 5.01 - Edition 4 2.3/11
SIPROTEC 5 Devices and Fields of Application
Application Examples – Capacitor banks
2.3
[dw_CapBank_SLE_vereinfacht, 1, en_US]
Properties
• Precisely adapted due to dedicated function group and appli-
cation-specific protection function, such as peak overvoltage
protection (ANSI 59C) and sensitive currentunbalance protec-
tion (ANSI 60C)
• Low cost due to integration of all required functions into one
device.
Protection of an MSCDN capacitor bank(MSCDN = Mechani-
cally Switched Circuit breaker with Damping Network)
[dw_mscdn-app-temp_7sj85_090115, 1, en_US]
2.3/12 SIPROTEC 5 ⋅ Devices Protection, Automation and Monitoring ⋅ Siemens SIPROTEC 5.01 - Edition 4
SIPROTEC 5 Devices and Fields of Application
Application Examples – Busbar protection
2.3
[dw_Verbindungen-Feld-Koppl, 1, en_US]
Properties
• Central busbar protection
• Summary of all primary components of a bay in the "Bay
Proxy"
• One device for up to 20 measuring points
• Flexible adaptation to the topology (up to 4 busbar sections
and 4 busbar couplers configurable)
• Integrated disconnector image
• Comfortable graphical project engineering with DIGSI 5.
SIPROTEC 5 ⋅ Devices Protection, Automation and Monitoring ⋅ Catalog SIPROTEC 5.01 - Edition 4 2.3/13
SIPROTEC 5 Devices and Fields of Application
Application Examples – Power system monitoring and PMU
2.3
[dw_netzmonitor-mit-pmu, 1, en_US]
Properties
• Each SIPROTEC 5 device can be equipped or retrofi tted with
the PMU function
• Online and offline evaluation of the PMU data in the moni-
toring system, SIGUARD PDP.
2.3/14 SIPROTEC 5 ⋅ Devices Protection, Automation and Monitoring ⋅ Siemens SIPROTEC 5.01 - Edition 4
www.siemens.com/siprotec
2.4
[dw_7SJ_anwendung, 2, en_US]
2.4/1 SIPROTEC 5 ⋅ Devices Protection, Automation and Monitoring ⋅ Siemens SIPROTEC 5.01 - Edition 4
SIPROTEC 5 Devices and Fields of Application
Feeder and Overcurrent Protection – SIPROTEC 7SJ82
Description
The SIPROTEC 7SJ82 overcurrent protection has specifically been
designed for a cost-effective and compact protection of feeders
and lines in medium-voltage and high-voltage systems. With its
flexibility and the powerful DIGSI 5 engineering tool, SIPROTEC
7SJ82 offers future-oriented system solutions with high invest-
ment security and low operating costs.
• Compact and low-cost overcurrent protection • Reactive power-undervoltage protection (QU protection)
• Safety due to powerful protection functions • Control, synchrocheck and switchgear interlocking protection,
circuit-breaker failure protection
• Data security and transparency over the entire lifecycle of the • Circuit-breaker failure protection
plant save time and money
• Purposeful and easy handling of devices and software thanks • Circuit-breaker reignition monitoring
to a user-friendly design
• Graphical logic editor to create powerful automation func-
• Increased reliability and quality of the engineering process tions in the device
• Consistent implementation of high safety and security mecha- • Recognition of current and voltage signals up to the 50th
nisms harmonic with high accuracy for selected protection functions
(such as peak overvoltage protection for capacitors) and
• Powerful communication components ensure safe and effec- operational measured values
tive solutions
• Single line representation in small or large display
• Full compatibility between IEC 61850 Editions 1 and 2
• Integrated electrical Ethernet RJ45 for DIGSI 5 and IEC 61850
• High investment security and low operating costs due to (reporting and GOOSE)
future-oriented system solution.
Functions
• Two optional pluggable communication modules, usable for
different and redundant protocols (IEC 61850,
DIGSI 5 permits all functions to be configured and combined as IEC 60870-5-103, IEC 60870-5-104, Modbus TCP, DNP3 (serial
required. and TCP))
• Directional and non-directional overcurrent protection with • Serial protection data communication via optical fibers, two-
additional functions wire connections and communication networks (IEEE C37.94,
and others), including automatic switchover between ring
• Optimized tripping times due to directional comparison and and chain topology.
protection data communication
• Detection of static, intermittent and transient ground faults • Redundancy protocols PRP and HSR
(fleeting contact function) in arc-suppression-coil-ground and • Cyber security in accordance with NERC CIP and BDWE White-
isolated power systems paper requirements
• Arc protection • Whitepaper Phasor Measurement Unit (PMU) for synchro-
phasor measured values and IEEE C37.118 protocol
• Overvoltage and undervoltage protection
• Time synchronization with IEEE 1588
• Frequency protection and frequency change protection for
load shedding applications • Powerful fault recording (buffer for a max. record time of 80 s
at 8 kHz or 320 s at 2 kHz)
• Power protection, configurable as active or reactive power
protection • Auxiliary functions for easy tests and commissioning.
SIPROTEC 5 ⋅ Devices Protection, Automation and Monitoring ⋅ Catalog SIPROTEC 5.01 - Edition 4 2.4/2
SIPROTEC 5 Devices and Fields of Application
Feeder and Overcurrent Protection – SIPROTEC 7SJ82
• Phasor Measurement Unit (PMU) • Sensitive directional ground fault detection for static ground
faults
• Reverse-power protection • Sensitive directional ground fault detection for transient and
2.4 • Load shedding applications static ground faults („transient“ function)
[dw_DwDOCP07, 1, en_US]
Figure 2.4/3 Application example: Principle of directional comparison protection for power line runs with infeed at two ends
Application examples tives of the protection interface are IEC 61850 GOOSE or, via
Directional comparison protection via protection interface pilot wires for signal transfer, with an auxiliary voltage loop.
for power line runs with infeed at two ends Figure 2.4/4 shows the functional scope and the basic configu-
Using the direction determination of the directional overcurrent ration of a SIPROTEC 7SJ82 for this application. The "Directional
protection, you can implement directional comparison protec- V /inverse time-overcurrent protection – grounded system"
tion for power line runs with infeed at two ends. Directional application template is used as the basis. In addition, the device
comparison protection is used for the selective isolation of a must obviously be equipped with a communication module for
faulty line section (subsections of closed rings, for example). protection communication. The protection communication func-
Sections are isolated in fast time, that is, they do not suffer the tion group is created automatically when the module is config-
disadvantage of long grading times. This technique requires that ured. The "Communication mapping" editor in DIGSI 5 is used to
directional information can be exchanged between the indi- determine the information that must be transferred to the oppo-
vidual protection stations. This information exchange can, for site end and received from the opposite end. The received infor-
example, be implemented via a protection interface. Alterna- mation can directly be combined with the binary input signals of
2.4/3 SIPROTEC 5 ⋅ Devices Protection, Automation and Monitoring ⋅ Siemens SIPROTEC 5.01 - Edition 4
SIPROTEC 5 Devices and Fields of Application
Feeder and Overcurrent Protection – SIPROTEC 7SJ82
2.4
Figure 2.4/4 Application example: Directional comparison protection for power line runs with infeed at two ends and protection communication
SIPROTEC 5 ⋅ Devices Protection, Automation and Monitoring ⋅ Catalog SIPROTEC 5.01 - Edition 4 2.4/4
SIPROTEC 5 Devices and Fields of Application
Feeder and Overcurrent Protection – SIPROTEC 7SJ82
Available
1 2 3 4 5
2.4/5 SIPROTEC 5 ⋅ Devices Protection, Automation and Monitoring ⋅ Siemens SIPROTEC 5.01 - Edition 4
SIPROTEC 5 Devices and Fields of Application
Feeder and Overcurrent Protection – SIPROTEC 7SJ82
Available
1 2 3 4 5
SIPROTEC 5 ⋅ Devices Protection, Automation and Monitoring ⋅ Catalog SIPROTEC 5.01 - Edition 4 2.4/6
SIPROTEC 5 Devices and Fields of Application
Feeder and Overcurrent Protection – SIPROTEC 7SJ82
Standard variants
2.4/7 SIPROTEC 5 ⋅ Devices Protection, Automation and Monitoring ⋅ Siemens SIPROTEC 5.01 - Edition 4
SIPROTEC 5 Devices and Fields of Application
Feeder and Overcurrent Protection – SIPROTEC 7SJ85
Description
The SIPROTEC 7SJ85 overcurrent protection has been designed
specifically for the protection of feeders and lines. Due to its
modular structure and flexibility and the powerful engineering
tool DIGSI 5, SIPROTEC 7SJ85 offers future-oriented system solu-
tions with high investment security and low operating costs.
• Reactive power-undervoltage protection (QU protection) • Detection and selective 3-pole tripping of short circuits in
electrical equipment of star networks, lines with infeed at one
• Recognition of current and voltage signals up to the 50th or two ends, parallel lines and open or closed ring systems of
harmonic with high accuracy for selected protection functions all voltage levels
(such as peak overvoltage protection for capacitors) and
operational measured values.
• Backup protection for differential protection devices of all
kind for lines, transformers, generators, motors, and busbars
• Control, synchrocheck and switchgear interlocking protection • Protection and monitoring of capacitor banks
• Circuit-breaker failure protection • Phasor Measurement Unit (PMU)
• Circuit-breaker reignition monitoring • Reverse-power protection
• Graphical logic editor to create powerful automation func- • Load shedding applications
tions in the device
• Single line representation in small or large display • Automatic switchover
• Integrated electrical Ethernet RJ45 for DIGSI 5 and IEC 61850
(reporting and GOOSE)
SIPROTEC 5 ⋅ Devices Protection, Automation and Monitoring ⋅ Catalog SIPROTEC 5.01 - Edition 4 2.4/8
SIPROTEC 5 Devices and Fields of Application
Feeder and Overcurrent Protection – SIPROTEC 7SJ85
[dw_DwDOCP07, 1, en_US]
Figure 2.4/6 Application example: Principle of the direction comparison protection of doubly fed line sections
2.4/9 SIPROTEC 5 ⋅ Devices Protection, Automation and Monitoring ⋅ Siemens SIPROTEC 5.01 - Edition 4
SIPROTEC 5 Devices and Fields of Application
Feeder and Overcurrent Protection – SIPROTEC 7SJ85
2.4
Figure 2.4/7 Application example: Overcurrent protection 7SJ85 at a double busbar feeder
Protection and control at a double busbar function library. Operational measured values and energy
metered values are calculated in the "Voltage-current 3ph" func-
In the Figure 2.4/7, a double busbar feeder is protected and
tion group. They are available for output on the display, transfer
additionally controlled by a SIPROTEC 7SJ85. This example is
to the substation automation technology, and processing in the
based on the application template "Directional V/inverse time-
CFC. A switching sequence stored in the CFC that is activated via
overcurrent protection - grounded power system". In addition to
a function key starts an automatically executing busbar switch-
the application template, the functions Circuit-breaker failure
over process.
protection, Automatic reclosing and Synchrocheck in the circuit-
breaker function group are needed and configured. These func-
tions can easily be added via "drag and drop" from the DIGSI 5
SIPROTEC 5 ⋅ Devices Protection, Automation and Monitoring ⋅ Catalog SIPROTEC 5.01 - Edition 4 2.4/10
SIPROTEC 5 Devices and Fields of Application
Feeder and Overcurrent Protection – SIPROTEC 7SJ85
Protection of a capacitor bank • Overload protection (ANSI 49) for protection of the bank from
thermal overload
Figure 2.4/8 shows protection of a capacitor bank in an H
connection. For this application, the device has special functions • Very sensitive current-unbalance protection (ANSI 60C) for
for the protection of capacitor banks. Thanks to the modularity detecting the failure of a single capacitor element, as a moni-
and performance of SIPROTEC 5, the complete application can toring and protection function; manual and automatic
be protected by one device. comparison in the bay. The automatic comparison permits
consideration of dynamic unbalances, e.g. caused by temper-
Properties:
ature influences
• Short-circuit protection (ANSI 50, 50N) for phase and ground • Undercurrent protection (ANSI 37) for tripping the local circuit
faults
breaker when the incoming feeder is disconnected; and there-
• Peak voltage protection (ANSI 59C), for protection of the fore protection from hazardous energization of the nondis-
dielectric of the bank from harmful peak voltages, in partic- charged bank, e.g. in phase opposition
ular, caused by harmonics; consideration of harmonics up to
the 50th order, the peak voltage being calculated from the • Circuit-breaker failure protection (ANSI 50BF).
current by integration
2.4
[dw_CapBank_SLE_Normal, 1, en_US]
2.4/11 SIPROTEC 5 ⋅ Devices Protection, Automation and Monitoring ⋅ Siemens SIPROTEC 5.01 - Edition 4
SIPROTEC 5 Devices and Fields of Application
Feeder and Overcurrent Protection – SIPROTEC 7SJ85
2.4
[dw_CapBank_MSCDN, 1, en_US]
SIPROTEC 5 ⋅ Devices Protection, Automation and Monitoring ⋅ Catalog SIPROTEC 5.01 - Edition 4 2.4/12
SIPROTEC 5 Devices and Fields of Application
Feeder and Overcurrent Protection – SIPROTEC 7SJ85
2.4/13 SIPROTEC 5 ⋅ Devices Protection, Automation and Monitoring ⋅ Siemens SIPROTEC 5.01 - Edition 4
SIPROTEC 5 Devices and Fields of Application
Feeder and Overcurrent Protection – SIPROTEC 7SJ85
Available
1 2 3 4 5 6
SIPROTEC 5 ⋅ Devices Protection, Automation and Monitoring ⋅ Catalog SIPROTEC 5.01 - Edition 4 2.4/14
SIPROTEC 5 Devices and Fields of Application
Feeder and Overcurrent Protection – SIPROTEC 7SJ85
Available
1 2 3 4 5 6
2.4/15 SIPROTEC 5 ⋅ Devices Protection, Automation and Monitoring ⋅ Siemens SIPROTEC 5.01 - Edition 4
SIPROTEC 5 Devices and Fields of Application
Feeder and Overcurrent Protection – SIPROTEC 7SJ85
Standard variants
SIPROTEC 5 ⋅ Devices Protection, Automation and Monitoring ⋅ Catalog SIPROTEC 5.01 - Edition 4 2.4/16
SIPROTEC 5 Devices and Fields of Application
Feeder and Overcurrent Protection – SIPROTEC 7SJ85
2.4
2.4/17 SIPROTEC 5 ⋅ Devices Protection, Automation and Monitoring ⋅ Siemens SIPROTEC 5.01 - Edition 4
www.siemens.com/siprotec
Line Protection
SIPROTEC 5 Devices and Fields of Application
Line Protection – SIPROTEC 7SA8, 7SD8, 7SL8, 7VK8, 7SJ86
2.5
[dw_LineProt_anwendung, 2, en_US]
SIPROTEC 7SA8, 7SD8, 7SL8, 7VK8, 7SJ86 Definition of the device types by their designation
SIPROTEC 5 line protection devices protect overhead lines and
cables on all voltage levels with highest selectivity possible. The
large number of protective and automatic functions available
permits their utilization in all areas of line protection. The
devices contain all important auxiliary functions that are neces-
sary today for safe network operation. This includes control,
measurement and monitoring functions. The large number of
[dw_device_typ, 1, en_US]
communication interfaces and communication protocols satis-
fies the requirements of communication-based selective protec-
7 XX YY
tion and of automated operation. Commissioning and mainte-
nance work can be completed safely, quickly and thus cost- Main protection
effectively with high-performance test functions. Their modular 7 SA Distance protection
structure permits SIPROTEC 5 line protection devices always to 7 SD Differential protection
be adapted flexibly to the individual requirements. 7 SL Distance and differential protection
Features 7 SJ Overcurrent protection
7 VK Circuit-breaker management
The device types are defined by their main protection functions
Essential differentiating characteristics
and by essential differentiating characteristics. For devices with
flexible configurability of the hardware quantity structure, you 7 82 • exclusively 3-pole tripping
can select various standard variants when ordering. Expanda- • two hardware variants available
bility through supplemental modules allows for individual adap- 7 86 • exclusively 3-pole tripping
tation to specific applications such as more analog channels for • hardware quantity structure flexibly configu-
breaker-and-a-half technology, or more binary contacts (see rable
"Overview of the standard variants"). 7 87 • 1-pole and 3-pole tripping
• hardware quantity structure flexibly configu-
rable
2.5/1 SIPROTEC 5 ⋅ Devices Protection, Automation and Monitoring ⋅ Siemens SIPROTEC 5.01 - Edition 4
SIPROTEC 5 Devices and Fields of Application
Line Protection – SIPROTEC 7SA8, 7SD8, 7SL8, 7VK8, 7SJ86
Type identification 7SA82 7SA86 7SA87 7SD82 7SD86 7SD87 7SL82 7SL86 7SL87 7VK87 7SJ86
Distance protection ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
Differential protection ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
Overcurrent protection ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
for lines
Circuit-breaker manage- ■
ment
3-pole trip command ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
1-pole/3-pole trip ■ ■ ■ ■
command
Flexibly configurable ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
hardware
2.5
SIPROTEC 5 ⋅ Devices Protection, Automation and Monitoring ⋅ Catalog SIPROTEC 5.01 - Edition 4 2.5/2
SIPROTEC 5 Devices and Fields of Application
Line Protection – SIPROTEC 7SA8, 7SD8, 7SL8, 7VK8, 7SJ86
2.5
2.5/3 SIPROTEC 5 ⋅ Devices Protection, Automation and Monitoring ⋅ Siemens SIPROTEC 5.01 - Edition 4
SIPROTEC 5 Devices and Fields of Application
Distance Protection – SIPROTEC 7SA82
Description
The SIPROTEC 7SA82 distance protection has been designed
particularly for the cost-optimized and compact protection of
lines in medium-voltage and high-voltage systems. With its flexi-
bility and the powerful DIGSI 5 engineering tool, SIPROTEC
7SA82 offers future-oriented system solutions with high invest-
ment security and low operating costs.
Benefits
• Power protection, configurable as active or reactive power
• Compact and low-cost distance protection protection
• Safety due to powerful protection functions • Reactive power-undervoltage protection (QU protection)
• Data security and transparency over the entire lifecycle of the • Recognition of current and voltage signals up to the 50th
harmonic with a high accuracy for selected protection func-
plant save time and money
tions (such as thermal overload protection) and operational
• Purposeful and easy handling of devices and software thanks measured values
to a user-friendly design
• Control, synchrocheck and switchgear interlocking protection
• Increased reliability and quality of the engineering process
• Graphical logic editor to create powerful automation func-
• Consistent implementation of high safety and security mecha- tions in the device
nisms
• Single line representation in small or large display
• Powerful communication components ensure safe and effec-
tive solutions • Integrated electrical Ethernet RJ45 for DIGSI and IEC 61850
(reporting and GOOSE)
• Full compatibility between IEC 61850 Editions 1 and 2
• Two optional pluggable communication modules, usable for
• High investment security and low operating costs due to different and redundant protocols (IEC 61850,
future-oriented system solution IEC 60870-5-103, IEC 60870-5-104, Modbus TCP, DNP3 (serial
Functions and TCP))
DIGSI 5 permits all functions to be configured and combined as • Serial protection data communication via optical fibers, two-
required. wire connections and communication networks (IEEE C37.94,
and others), including automatic switchover between ring
• Minimum tripping time: 19 ms and chain topology.
• 6 independent measuring loops (6-system distance protec- • Redundancy protocols PRP and HSR
tion)
• Cyber security in accordance with NERC CIP and BDWE White-
• Several distance-protection functions can be selected: Classic, paper requirements
reactance method (RMD), impedance protection for trans-
formers • Phasor measurement unit (PMU) for synchrophasor measured
values and IEEE C37.118 protocol
• Directional backup protection and various additional functions
• Time synchronization with IEEE 1588
• Detection of static, intermittent and transient ground faults
(fleeting contact function) in arc-suppression-coil-ground and • Powerful fault recording (buffer for a max. record time of 80 s
isolated power systems at 8 kHz or 320 s at 2 kHz)
• Adaptive power-swing blocking • Auxiliary functions for easy tests and commissioning.
• Detection of current-transformer saturation for fast tripping at
high accuracy
• Arc protection
SIPROTEC 5 ⋅ Devices Protection, Automation and Monitoring ⋅ Catalog SIPROTEC 5.01 - Edition 4 2.6/1
SIPROTEC 5 Devices and Fields of Application
Distance Protection – SIPROTEC 7SA82
• Phasor measurement unit (PMU). • Distance protection with reactance method for overhead line
for grounded systems, with AR.
2.6
[dw_7SA82_Ltg, 1, en_US]
2.6/2 SIPROTEC 5 ⋅ Devices Protection, Automation and Monitoring ⋅ Siemens SIPROTEC 5.01 - Edition 4
SIPROTEC 5 Devices and Fields of Application
Distance Protection – SIPROTEC 7SA82
Available
1 2 3
SIPROTEC 5 ⋅ Devices Protection, Automation and Monitoring ⋅ Catalog SIPROTEC 5.01 - Edition 4 2.6/3
SIPROTEC 5 Devices and Fields of Application
Distance Protection – SIPROTEC 7SA82
Available
1 2 3
2.6/4 SIPROTEC 5 ⋅ Devices Protection, Automation and Monitoring ⋅ Siemens SIPROTEC 5.01 - Edition 4
SIPROTEC 5 Devices and Fields of Application
Distance Protection – SIPROTEC 7SA86
Description
The SIPROTEC 7SA86 distance protection has specifically been
designed for the protection of lines. Due to its modular structure
and flexibility and the powerful engineering tool DIGSI 5,
SIPROTEC 7SA86 offers future-oriented system solutions with
high investment security and low operating costs.
Functions
DIGSI 5 permits all functions to be configured and combined as [SIP5_GD_W3, 1, --_--]
SIPROTEC 5 ⋅ Devices Protection, Automation and Monitoring ⋅ Catalog SIPROTEC 5.01 - Edition 4 2.6/5
SIPROTEC 5 Devices and Fields of Application
Distance Protection – SIPROTEC 7SA86
The following application templates are available: • Distance protection for overhead line for grounded systems,
with AR for applications with breaker-and-a-half scheme
• Basis
• Distance protection with MHO distance zone characteristics
• Distance protection for overhead line for grounded systems for overhead line for grounded systems, with AR for applica-
with AR tions with breaker-and-a-half schemes.
• Distance protection with MHO distance zone characteristics
for overhead line for grounded systems, with AR
2.6
[dw_7SA86_Ltg, 1, en_US]
2.6/6 SIPROTEC 5 ⋅ Devices Protection, Automation and Monitoring ⋅ Siemens SIPROTEC 5.01 - Edition 4
SIPROTEC 5 Devices and Fields of Application
Distance Protection – SIPROTEC 7SA86
2.6
[dw_7SA86_1-5LS, 1, en_US]
Figure 2.6/5 Application example: Distance protection for overhead line with breaker-and-a-half scheme
SIPROTEC 5 ⋅ Devices Protection, Automation and Monitoring ⋅ Catalog SIPROTEC 5.01 - Edition 4 2.6/7
SIPROTEC 5 Devices and Fields of Application
Distance Protection – SIPROTEC 7SA86
Available
1 2 3 4 5
2.6/8 SIPROTEC 5 ⋅ Devices Protection, Automation and Monitoring ⋅ Siemens SIPROTEC 5.01 - Edition 4
SIPROTEC 5 Devices and Fields of Application
Distance Protection – SIPROTEC 7SA86
Available
1 2 3 4 5
SIPROTEC 5 ⋅ Devices Protection, Automation and Monitoring ⋅ Catalog SIPROTEC 5.01 - Edition 4 2.6/9
SIPROTEC 5 Devices and Fields of Application
Distance Protection – SIPROTEC 7SA87
Description
The SIPROTEC 7SA87 distance protection has specifically been
designed for the protection of lines. Due to its modular structure
and flexibility and the powerful engineering tool DIGSI 5,
SIPROTEC 7SA87 offers future-oriented system solutions with
high investment security and low operating costs.
Functions
[SIP5_GD_W3, 1, --_--]
DIGSI 5 permits all functions to be configured and combined as
2.6 Figure 2.6/6 SIPROTEC 7SA87
required.
• Minimum tripping time: 9 ms • Serial protection data communication via optical fibers, two-
wire connections and communication networks (IEEE C37.94,
• 6 independent measuring loops (6-system distance protec- and others), including automatic switchover between ring
tion)
and chain topology
• Several distance-protection functions can be selected: Classic, • Redundancy protocols PRP and HSR
reactance method (RMD), impedance protection for trans-
formers • Cyber security in accordance with NERC CIP and BDWE White-
• Directional backup protection and various additional functions paper requirements
• Recognition of static, intermittent and transient ground faults • Phasor measurement unit (PMU) for synchrophasor measured
values and IEEE C37.118 protocol
(fleeting contact function) in arc-suppression-coil-ground and
isolated power systems • Time synchronization using IEEE 1588
• Adaptive power-swing blocking, out-of-step protection • Powerful fault recording (buffer for a max. record time of 80 s
at 8 kHz or 320 s at 2 kHz)
• Detection of current-transformer saturation for fast tripping
with high accuracy • Auxiliary functions for simple tests and commissioning
• Arc protection • Flexibly adjustable I/O quantity structure within the scope of
the SIPROTEC 5 modular system
• Power protection, configurable as active or reactive power
protection Applications
• Reactive power-undervoltage protection (QU protection) • Detection and selective 1-pole and 3-pole tripping of short
circuits in electrical equipment of star networks, lines with
• Detection of current and voltage signals up to the 50th infeed at one or two ends, parallel lines and open or closed
harmonic with high accuracy for selected protection functions ring systems of all voltage levels
(such as thermal overload protection) and operational meas-
ured values • Detection of ground faults in isolated or arc-suppression-coil-
ground power systems in star, ring, or meshed arrangement
• 3-pole automatic reclosing function
• Protection data communication over different distances and
• Control, synchrocheck and switchgear interlocking protection physical media, such as optical fiber, two-wire connections,
and communication networks
• Graphical logic editor to create powerful automation func-
tions in the device • Backup protection for differential protection devices of all
kind for lines, transformers, generators, motors, and busbars
• Single line representation in small or large display
• Phasor measurement unit (PMU).
• Integrated electrical Ethernet RJ45 for DIGSI 5 and IEC 61850
(reporting and GOOSE) Application templates
• Up to 4 optional pluggable communication modules, usable Application templates are available in DIGSI for standard applica-
for different and redundant protocols (IEC 61850, tions. They comprise all basic configurations and default
IEC 60870-5-103, IEC 60870-5-104, Modbus TCP, DNP3 (serial settings.
and TCP))
2.6/10 SIPROTEC 5 ⋅ Devices Protection, Automation and Monitoring ⋅ Siemens SIPROTEC 5.01 - Edition 4
SIPROTEC 5 Devices and Fields of Application
Distance Protection – SIPROTEC 7SA87
2.6
[dw_7SA87_Ltg, 1, en_US]
SIPROTEC 5 ⋅ Devices Protection, Automation and Monitoring ⋅ Catalog SIPROTEC 5.01 - Edition 4 2.6/11
SIPROTEC 5 Devices and Fields of Application
Distance Protection – SIPROTEC 7SA87
2.6
[dw_7SA87_1-5LS, 1, en_US]
Figure 2.6/8 Application example: Distance protection for overhead line with breaker-and-a-half scheme
2.6/12 SIPROTEC 5 ⋅ Devices Protection, Automation and Monitoring ⋅ Siemens SIPROTEC 5.01 - Edition 4
SIPROTEC 5 Devices and Fields of Application
Distance Protection – SIPROTEC 7SA87
Available
1 2 3
SIPROTEC 5 ⋅ Devices Protection, Automation and Monitoring ⋅ Catalog SIPROTEC 5.01 - Edition 4 2.6/13
SIPROTEC 5 Devices and Fields of Application
Distance Protection – SIPROTEC 7SA87
Available
1 2 3
2.6/14 SIPROTEC 5 ⋅ Devices Protection, Automation and Monitoring ⋅ Siemens SIPROTEC 5.01 - Edition 4
SIPROTEC 5 Devices and Fields of Application
Line Differential Protection – SIPROTEC 7SD82
Description
The SIPROTEC 7SD82 line differential protection has been
designed particularly for the cost-optimized and compact
protection of lines in medium-voltage and high-voltage systems.
With its flexibility and the powerful DIGSI 5 engineering tool,
SIPROTEC 7SD82 offers future-oriented system solutions with
high investment security and low operating costs.
• Increased reliability and quality of the engineering process • Single line representation in small or large display
• Consistent implementation of high safety and security mecha- • Integrated electrical Ethernet RJ45 for DIGSI 5 and IEC 61850
nisms (reporting and GOOSE)
• Powerful communication components ensure safe and effec- • Two optional pluggable communication modules, usable for
tive solutions different and redundant protocols (IEC 61850,
IEC 60870-5-103, IEC 60870-5-104, Modbus TCP, DNP3 (serial
• Full compatibility between IEC 61850 Editions 1 and 2 and TCP))
• High investment security and low operating costs due to • Serial protection data communication via optical fibers, two-
future-oriented system solution. wire connections and communication networks (IEEE C37.94,
Functions and others), including automatic switchover between ring
and chain topology.
DIGSI 5 permits all functions to be configured and combined as
required. • Redundancy protocols PRP and HSR
• Minimum tripping time: 19 ms • Cyber security in accordance with NERC CIP and BDWE White-
paper requirements
• Main protection function is differential protection with adap- • Phasor measurement unit (PMU) for synchrophasor measured
tive algorithm for maximum sensitivity and stability even with
values and IEEE C37.118 protocol
the most different transformer errors, current-transformer
saturation and capacitive charging currents • Time synchronization using IEEE 1588
• Directional backup protection and various additional functions • Powerful fault recording (buffer for a max. record time of 80 s
at 8 kHz or 320 s at 2 kHz)
• Recognition of static, intermittent and transient ground faults
(fleeting contact function) in arc-suppression-coil-ground and • Auxiliary functions for easy tests and commissioning.
isolated power systems
Applications
• Detection of current-transformer saturation • Line protection for all voltage levels with 3-pole tripping
• Arc protection • Phase-selective protection of overhead lines and cables with
• Power protection, configurable as active or reactive power single-ended and multi-ended infeed of all lengths with up to
protection 6 line ends
SIPROTEC 5 ⋅ Devices Protection, Automation and Monitoring ⋅ Catalog SIPROTEC 5.01 - Edition 4 2.7/1
SIPROTEC 5 Devices and Fields of Application
Line Differential Protection – SIPROTEC 7SD82
• Detection of ground faults in isolated or arc-suppression-coil- Application templates are available in DIGSI for standard applica-
ground power systems in star, ring, or meshed arrangement tions. They comprise all basic configurations and default
settings.
• Serial protection data communication over different distances
and media, such as optical fiber, two-wire connections, and The following application templates are available:
communication networks • Basic differential protection
• Phasor measurement unit (PMU). • Differential protection for overhead line.
2.7
[dw_7SD82_Ltg, 1, en_US]
Figure 2.7/2 Application example: Line differential protection for overhead line
2.7/2 SIPROTEC 5 ⋅ Devices Protection, Automation and Monitoring ⋅ Siemens SIPROTEC 5.01 - Edition 4
SIPROTEC 5 Devices and Fields of Application
Line Differential Protection – SIPROTEC 7SD82
Available
1 2
SIPROTEC 5 ⋅ Devices Protection, Automation and Monitoring ⋅ Catalog SIPROTEC 5.01 - Edition 4 2.7/3
SIPROTEC 5 Devices and Fields of Application
Line Differential Protection – SIPROTEC 7SD82
Available
1 2
2.7/4 SIPROTEC 5 ⋅ Devices Protection, Automation and Monitoring ⋅ Siemens SIPROTEC 5.01 - Edition 4
SIPROTEC 5 Devices and Fields of Application
Line Differential Protection – SIPROTEC 7SD86
Description
The SIPROTEC 7SD86 line differential protection has specifically
been designed for the protection of lines. With its modular
structure, flexibility and the powerful DIGSI 5 engineering tool,
SIPROTEC 7SD86 offers future-oriented system solutions with
high investment security and low operating costs.
Functions
DIGSI 5 permits all functions to be configured and combined as [SIP5_GD_W3, 1, --_--]
SIPROTEC 5 ⋅ Devices Protection, Automation and Monitoring ⋅ Catalog SIPROTEC 5.01 - Edition 4 2.7/5
SIPROTEC 5 Devices and Fields of Application
Line Differential Protection – SIPROTEC 7SD86
2.7
[dw_7SD86_Ltg, 1, en_US]
Figure 2.7/4 Application example: Line differential protection for overhead line
2.7/6 SIPROTEC 5 ⋅ Devices Protection, Automation and Monitoring ⋅ Siemens SIPROTEC 5.01 - Edition 4
SIPROTEC 5 Devices and Fields of Application
Line Differential Protection – SIPROTEC 7SD86
2.7
[dw_7SD86_1-5LS, 1, en_US]
Figure 2.7/5 Application example: Line differential protection for overhead line with breaker-and-a-half scheme
SIPROTEC 5 ⋅ Devices Protection, Automation and Monitoring ⋅ Catalog SIPROTEC 5.01 - Edition 4 2.7/7
SIPROTEC 5 Devices and Fields of Application
Line Differential Protection – SIPROTEC 7SD86
Available
1 2 3 4
2.7/8 SIPROTEC 5 ⋅ Devices Protection, Automation and Monitoring ⋅ Siemens SIPROTEC 5.01 - Edition 4
SIPROTEC 5 Devices and Fields of Application
Line Differential Protection – SIPROTEC 7SD86
Available
1 2 3 4
SIPROTEC 5 ⋅ Devices Protection, Automation and Monitoring ⋅ Catalog SIPROTEC 5.01 - Edition 4 2.7/9
SIPROTEC 5 Devices and Fields of Application
Line Differential Protection – SIPROTEC 7SD87
Description
The SIPROTEC 7SD87 differential protection is suitable for the
selective protection of overhead lines and cables with single-
ended and multi-ended infeed of all lengths with up to 6 ends.
Transformers and compensating coils in the protection range
are also possible. With its modular structure, flexibility and the
powerful DIGSI 5 engineering tool, SIPROTEC 7SD87 offers
future-oriented system solutions with high investment security
and low operating costs.
• Main protection function is differential protection with adap- • Redundancy protocols PRP and HSR
tive algorithm for maximum sensitivity and stability even with
the most different transformer errors, current-transformer • Cyber security in accordance with NERC CIP and BDWE White-
paper requirements
saturation and capacitive charging currents
• Directional backup protection and various additional functions • Phasor measurement unit (PMU) for synchrophasor measured
values and IEEE C37.118 protocol
• Recognition of static, intermittent and transient ground faults • Time synchronization using IEEE 1588
(fleeting contact function) in arc-suppression-coil-ground and
isolated power systems • Powerful fault recording (buffer for a max. record time of 80 s
at 8 kHz or 320 s at 2 kHz)
• Detection of current-transformer saturation
• Auxiliary functions for simple tests and commissioning
• Arc protection
• Flexibly adjustable I/O quantity structure within the scope of
• Power protection, configurable as active or reactive power the SIPROTEC 5 modular system
protection
Applications
• Reactive power-undervoltage protection (QU protection)
• Line protection for all voltage levels with 1-pole and 3-pole
• Detection of current and voltage signals up to the 50th tripping
harmonic with high accuracy for selected protection functions
(such as thermal overload protection) and operational meas-
• Phase-selective protection of overhead lines and cables with
single-ended and multi-ended infeed of all lengths with up to
ured values 6 line ends
• 1-/3-pole automatic reclosing function • Also used in switchgear with breaker-and-a-half configuration
• Control, synchrocheck and switchgear interlocking protection • Transformers and compensating coils in the protection range
are possible
• Graphical logic editor to create powerful automation func-
tions in the device • Detection of ground faults in isolated or arc-suppression-coil-
ground power systems in star, ring, or meshed arrangement
• Single line representation in small or large display
• Integrated electrical Ethernet RJ45 for DIGSI 5 and IEC 61850 • Protection data communication over different distances and
physical media, such as optical fiber, two-wire connections,
(reporting and GOOSE)
and communication networks
• Up to 4 optional pluggable communication modules, usable • Phasor measurement unit (PMU).
for different and redundant protocols (IEC 61850,
IEC 60870-5-103, IEC 60870-5-104, Modbus TCP, DNP3 (serial
and TCP))
2.7/10 SIPROTEC 5 ⋅ Devices Protection, Automation and Monitoring ⋅ Siemens SIPROTEC 5.01 - Edition 4
SIPROTEC 5 Devices and Fields of Application
Line Differential Protection – SIPROTEC 7SD87
2.7
[dw_7SD87_Ltg, 1, en_US]
Figure 2.7/7 Application example: Line differential protection for overhead line
SIPROTEC 5 ⋅ Devices Protection, Automation and Monitoring ⋅ Catalog SIPROTEC 5.01 - Edition 4 2.7/11
SIPROTEC 5 Devices and Fields of Application
Line Differential Protection – SIPROTEC 7SD87
2.7
[dw_7SD87_1-5LS, 1, en_US]
Figure 2.7/8 Application example: Line differential protection for overhead line with breaker-and-a-half scheme
2.7/12 SIPROTEC 5 ⋅ Devices Protection, Automation and Monitoring ⋅ Siemens SIPROTEC 5.01 - Edition 4
SIPROTEC 5 Devices and Fields of Application
Line Differential Protection – SIPROTEC 7SD87
Available
1 2 3
SIPROTEC 5 ⋅ Devices Protection, Automation and Monitoring ⋅ Catalog SIPROTEC 5.01 - Edition 4 2.7/13
SIPROTEC 5 Devices and Fields of Application
Line Differential Protection – SIPROTEC 7SD87
Available
1 2 3
2.7/14 SIPROTEC 5 ⋅ Devices Protection, Automation and Monitoring ⋅ Siemens SIPROTEC 5.01 - Edition 4
SIPROTEC 5 Devices and Fields of Application
Differential and Distance Protection – SIPROTEC 7SL82
Description
The combined SIPROTEC 7SL82 line differential and distance
protection has been designed particularly for the cost-optimized
and compact protection of lines in medium-voltage and high-
voltage systems. With its flexibility and the powerful DIGSI 5
engineering tool, SIPROTEC 7SL82 offers future-oriented system
solutions with high investment security and low operating costs.
• High investment security and low operating costs due to • Two optional pluggable communication modules, usable for
different and redundant protocols (IEC 61850,
future-oriented system solution.
IEC 60870-5-103, IEC 60870-5-104, Modbus TCP, DNP3 (serial
Functions and TCP))
DIGSI 5 permits all functions to be configured and combined as • Serial protection data communication via optical fibers, two-
required. wire connections and communication networks (IEEE C37.94,
and others), including automatic switchover between ring
• Minimum tripping time: 19 ms and chain topology
• Main protection function is differential protection with adap- • Redundancy protocols PRP and HSR
tive algorithm for maximum sensitivity and stability even with
the most different transformer errors, current-transformer • Cyber security in accordance with NERC CIP and BDWE White-
saturation and capacitive charging currents paper requirements
• Several distance-protection functions as backup protection or • Phasor measurement unit (PMU) for synchrophasor measured
2nd main protection for selection: Classic, reactance method values and IEEE C37.118 protocol
(RMD), impedance protection for transformers
• Time synchronization using IEEE 1588
• Directional backup protection and various additional functions • Powerful fault recording (buffer for a max. record time of 80 s
• Recognition of static, intermittent and transient ground faults at 8 kHz or 320 s at 2 kHz)
(fleeting contact function) in arc-suppression-coil-ground and
isolated power systems
• Auxiliary functions for easy tests and commissioning.
• Detection of current-transformer saturation for fast tripping
with high accuracy
SIPROTEC 5 ⋅ Devices Protection, Automation and Monitoring ⋅ Catalog SIPROTEC 5.01 - Edition 4 2.8/1
SIPROTEC 5 Devices and Fields of Application
Differential and Distance Protection – SIPROTEC 7SL82
• Transformers and compensating coils in the protection zone • Basic differential and distance protection
• Detection of ground faults in isolated or arc-suppression-coil- • Differential and distance protection for overhead line in
ground power systems in star, ring, or meshed arrangement grounded systems.
2.8
2.8/2 SIPROTEC 5 ⋅ Devices Protection, Automation and Monitoring ⋅ Siemens SIPROTEC 5.01 - Edition 4
SIPROTEC 5 Devices and Fields of Application
Differential and Distance Protection – SIPROTEC 7SL82
2.8
[dw_7SL82_Ltg, 1, en_US]
Figure 2.8/2 Application example: Combined line differential and distance protection for overhead line
SIPROTEC 5 ⋅ Devices Protection, Automation and Monitoring ⋅ Catalog SIPROTEC 5.01 - Edition 4 2.8/3
SIPROTEC 5 Devices and Fields of Application
Differential and Distance Protection – SIPROTEC 7SL82
Available
1 2
2.8/4 SIPROTEC 5 ⋅ Devices Protection, Automation and Monitoring ⋅ Siemens SIPROTEC 5.01 - Edition 4
SIPROTEC 5 Devices and Fields of Application
Differential and Distance Protection – SIPROTEC 7SL82
Available
1 2
SIPROTEC 5 ⋅ Devices Protection, Automation and Monitoring ⋅ Catalog SIPROTEC 5.01 - Edition 4 2.8/5
SIPROTEC 5 Devices and Fields of Application
Differential and Distance Protection – SIPROTEC 7SL86
Description
The combined SIPROTEC 7SL86 line differential and distance
protection has specifically been designed for the protection of
lines. With its modular structure, flexibility and the powerful
DIGSI 5 engineering tool, SIPROTEC 7SL86 offers future-oriented
system solutions with high investment security and low oper-
ating costs.
DIGSI 5 permits all functions to be configured and combined as Figure 2.8/3 SIPROTEC 7SL86
required.
• Minimum tripping time: 9 ms • Redundancy protocols PRP and HSR
• Main protection function is differential protection with adap- • Cyber security in accordance with NERC CIP and BDWE White-
2.8 tive algorithm for maximum sensitivity and stability even with paper requirements
the most different transformer errors, current-transformer
saturation and capacitive charging currents • Phasor measurement unit (PMU) for synchrophasor measured
values and IEEE C37.118 protocol
• Several distance-protection functions as backup protection or • Time synchronization using IEEE 1588
2nd main protection for selection: Classic, reactance method
(RMD), impedance protection for transformers • Powerful fault recording (buffer for a max. record time of 80 s
• Directional backup protection and various additional functions at 8 kHz or 320 s at 2 kHz)
• Adaptive power-swing blocking, out-of-step protection • Auxiliary functions for simple tests and commissioning
• Detection of current-transformer saturation for fast tripping • Flexibly adjustable I/O quantity structure within the scope of
the SIPROTEC 5 modular system
with high accuracy
Applications
• Arc protection
• Line protection for all voltage levels with 3-pole tripping
• Reactive power-undervoltage protection (QU protection)
• Phase-selective protection of overhead lines and cables with
• Detection of current and voltage signals up to the 50th single-ended and multi-ended infeed of all lengths with up to
harmonic with high accuracy for selected protection functions
6 line ends
(such as thermal overload protection) and operational meas-
ured values • Also used in switchgear with breaker-and-a-half configuration
• 3-pole automatic reclosing function • Transformers and compensating coils in the protection zone
• Control, synchrocheck and switchgear interlocking protection • Detection of ground faults in isolated or arc-suppression-coil-
ground power systems in star, ring, or meshed arrangement
• Graphical logic editor to create powerful automation func-
tions in the device • Protection data communication over different distances and
physical media, such as optical fiber, two-wire connections,
• Single line representation in small or large display and communication networks
• Integrated electrical Ethernet RJ45 for DIGSI 5 and IEC 61850 • Phasor measurement unit (PMU).
(reporting and GOOSE)
Application templates
• Up to 4 optional pluggable communication modules, usable
for different and redundant protocols (IEC 61850, Application templates are available in DIGSI for standard applica-
IEC 60870-5-103, IEC 60870-5-104, Modbus TCP, DNP3 (serial tions. They comprise all basic configurations and default
and TCP)) settings.
2.8/6 SIPROTEC 5 ⋅ Devices Protection, Automation and Monitoring ⋅ Siemens SIPROTEC 5.01 - Edition 4
SIPROTEC 5 Devices and Fields of Application
Differential and Distance Protection – SIPROTEC 7SL86
2.8
[dw_7SL86_Ltg, 1, en_US]
Figure 2.8/4 Application example: Combined line differential and distance protection for overhead line
SIPROTEC 5 ⋅ Devices Protection, Automation and Monitoring ⋅ Catalog SIPROTEC 5.01 - Edition 4 2.8/7
SIPROTEC 5 Devices and Fields of Application
Differential and Distance Protection – SIPROTEC 7SL86
2.8
[dw_7SL86_1-5LS, 1, en_US]
Figure 2.8/5 Application example: Combined line differential and distance protection for overhead line with breaker-and-a-half scheme
2.8/8 SIPROTEC 5 ⋅ Devices Protection, Automation and Monitoring ⋅ Siemens SIPROTEC 5.01 - Edition 4
SIPROTEC 5 Devices and Fields of Application
Differential and Distance Protection – SIPROTEC 7SL86
Available
1 2 3
SIPROTEC 5 ⋅ Devices Protection, Automation and Monitoring ⋅ Catalog SIPROTEC 5.01 - Edition 4 2.8/9
SIPROTEC 5 Devices and Fields of Application
Differential and Distance Protection – SIPROTEC 7SL86
Available
1 2 3
86 Lockout ■
87N T Restricted ground-fault protection ΔIN ■
87L/ 87T Option for line differential protection: including ΔI ■
power transformer
Option for line differential protection:charging- ΔI ■
current compensation
Broken-wire detection for differential protection ■
87 STUB STUB Differential protection (for one-and-half ■ ■
circuit-breaker applications)
90V Automatic voltage control for 2 winding trans- ■
former
90V Automatic voltage control for 3 winding trans- ■
former
90V Automatic voltage control for grid coupling trans- ■
former
FL Fault locator, single-ended measurement FL-one ■ ■ ■ ■
PMU Synchrophasor measurement (1 PMU can be used PMU ■
for max. 8 voltages and 8 currents)
AFD Arc-protection (only with plug-in module ARC- ■
CD-3FO)
2.8
Measured values, standard ■ ■ ■ ■
Measured values, extended: Min, Max, Avg ■
Switching statistic counters ■ ■ ■ ■
Circuit breaker wear monitoring ΣIx, I²t, 2P ■
CFC (Standard, Control) ■ ■ ■ ■
CFC arithmetic ■
Switching sequences function ■
Inrush current detection ■
External trip initiation ■ ■ ■ ■
Control ■ ■ ■ ■
Fault recording of analog and binary signals ■ ■ ■ ■
Monitoring and supervision ■ ■ ■ ■
Protection interface, serial ■ ■ ■ ■
Circuit Breaker ■ ■ ■ ■
Disconnector ■ ■
Region France: Overload protection for lines and ■
cables 'PSL-PSC'
Region France: Overcurrent protection 'MAXI-L' ■
Region France: Net decoupling protection 'PDA' ■
Region France: Overload protection for trans- ■
formers
Function-points class: 0 200 350
The configuration and function points for your application can be ascertained in the SIPROTEC 5 order configurator under: www.siemens.com/siprotec
2.8/10 SIPROTEC 5 ⋅ Devices Protection, Automation and Monitoring ⋅ Siemens SIPROTEC 5.01 - Edition 4
SIPROTEC 5 Devices and Fields of Application
Differential and Distance Protection – SIPROTEC 7SL87
Description
The combined SIPROTEC 7SL87 line differential and distance
protection has specifically been designed for the protection of
lines. With its modular structure, flexibility and the powerful
DIGSI 5 engineering tool, SIPROTEC 7SL87 offers future-oriented
system solutions with high investment security and low oper-
ating costs.
[SIP5_GD_W3, 1, --_--]
Functions
Figure 2.8/6 SIPROTEC 7SL87
DIGSI 5 permits all functions to be configured and combined as
required.
and others), including automatic switchover between ring
• Minimum tripping time: 9 ms and chain topology
• Main protection function is differential protection with adap- • Redundancy protocols PRP and HSR 2.8
tive algorithm for maximum sensitivity and stability even with
the most different transformer errors, current-transformer • Cyber security in accordance with NERC CIP and BDWE White-
paper requirements
saturation and capacitive charging currents
• Several distance-protection functions as backup protection or • Phasor measurement unit (PMU) for synchrophasor measured
values and IEEE C37.118 protocol
2nd main protection for selection: Classic, reactance method
(RMD), impedance protection for transformers • Time synchronization using IEEE 1588
• Directional backup protection and various additional functions • Powerful fault recording (buffer for a max. record time of 80 s
at 8 kHz or 320 s at 2 kHz)
• Adaptive power-swing blocking, out-of-step protection
• Auxiliary functions for simple tests and commissioning
• Detection of current-transformer saturation for fast tripping
with high accuracy • Flexibly adjustable I/O quantity structure within the scope of
the SIPROTEC 5 modular system
• Arc protection
Applications
• Reactive power-undervoltage protection (QU protection)
• Line protection for all voltage levels with 1-pole and 3-pole
• Detection of current and voltage signals up to the 50th tripping
harmonic with high accuracy for selected protection functions
(such as thermal overload protection) and operational meas-
• Phase-selective protection of overhead lines and cables with
single-ended and multi-ended infeed of all lengths with up to
ured values 6 line ends
• 1-/3-pole automatic reclosing function • Also used in switchgear with breaker-and-a-half configuration
• Control, synchrocheck and switchgear interlocking protection • Transformers and compensating coils in the protection zone
• Graphical logic editor to create powerful automation func- • Detection of ground faults in isolated or arc-suppression-coil-
tions in the device ground power systems in star, ring, or meshed arrangement
• Single line representation in small or large display • Protection data communication over different distances and
physical media, such as optical fiber, two-wire connections,
• Integrated electrical Ethernet RJ45 for DIGSI 5 and IEC 61850 and communication networks
(reporting and GOOSE)
• Up to 4 optional pluggable communication modules, usable • Phasor measurement unit (PMU).
for different and redundant protocols (IEC 61850,
Application templates
IEC 60870-5-103, IEC 60870-5-104, Modbus TCP, DNP3 (serial
and TCP)) Application templates are available in DIGSI for standard applica-
tions. They comprise all basic configurations and default
• Serial protection data communication via optical fibers, two- settings.
wire connections and communication networks (IEEE C37.94,
SIPROTEC 5 ⋅ Devices Protection, Automation and Monitoring ⋅ Catalog SIPROTEC 5.01 - Edition 4 2.8/11
SIPROTEC 5 Devices and Fields of Application
Differential and Distance Protection – SIPROTEC 7SL87
2.8
[dw_7SL87_Ltg, 1, en_US]
Figure 2.8/7 Application example: Combined line differential and distance protection for overhead line
2.8/12 SIPROTEC 5 ⋅ Devices Protection, Automation and Monitoring ⋅ Siemens SIPROTEC 5.01 - Edition 4
SIPROTEC 5 Devices and Fields of Application
Differential and Distance Protection – SIPROTEC 7SL87
2.8
[dw_7SL87_1-5LS, 1, en_US]
Figure 2.8/8 Application example: Combined line differential and distance protection for overhead line with breaker-and-a-half scheme
SIPROTEC 5 ⋅ Devices Protection, Automation and Monitoring ⋅ Catalog SIPROTEC 5.01 - Edition 4 2.8/13
SIPROTEC 5 Devices and Fields of Application
Differential and Distance Protection – SIPROTEC 7SL87
Available
1 2 3
2.8/14 SIPROTEC 5 ⋅ Devices Protection, Automation and Monitoring ⋅ Siemens SIPROTEC 5.01 - Edition 4
SIPROTEC 5 Devices and Fields of Application
Differential and Distance Protection – SIPROTEC 7SL87
Available
1 2 3
SIPROTEC 5 ⋅ Devices Protection, Automation and Monitoring ⋅ Catalog SIPROTEC 5.01 - Edition 4 2.8/15
SIPROTEC 5 Devices and Fields of Application
Differential and Distance Protection – SIPROTEC 7SL87
2.8
2.8/16 SIPROTEC 5 ⋅ Devices Protection, Automation and Monitoring ⋅ Siemens SIPROTEC 5.01 - Edition 4
SIPROTEC 5 Devices and Fields of Application
Circuit-Breaker Management – SIPROTEC 7VK87
Description
The SIPROTEC 7VK87 circuit-breaker management device has
specifically been designed for circuit-breaker management. With
its modular structure, flexibility and the powerful DIGSI 5 engi-
neering tool, SIPROTEC 7VK87 offers future-oriented system
solutions with high investment security and low operating costs.
DIGSI 5 permits all functions to be configured and combined as Figure 2.9/1 Circuit-Breaker management device SIPROTEC 7VK87
required.
• Automatic reclosing function and synchrocheck for line • Phasor measurement unit (PMU) for synchrophasor measured
protection applications with 1-pole and 3-pole tripping values and IEEE C37.118 protocol
• Circuit-breaker failure protection for 1-pole and 3-pole trip- • Time synchronization using IEEE 1588
ping
• Powerful fault recording (buffer for a max. record time of 80 s 2.9
• Control, synchrocheck and switchgear interlocking protection at 8 kHz or 320 s at 2 kHz)
• Voltage controller for transformers • Auxiliary functions for simple tests and commissioning
• Arc protection • Flexibly adjustable I/O quantity structure within the scope of
the SIPROTEC 5 modular system
• Voltage protection Applications
• Graphical logic editor to create powerful automation func- • Automatic reclosing after 1/3-pole tripping
tions in the device
• Single line representation in small or large display • Synchrocheck before reclosing
• Integrated electrical Ethernet RJ45 for DIGSI 5 and IEC 61850 • Circuit-breaker failure protection
(reporting and GOOSE) • Also used in switchgear with breaker-and-a-half configuration
• Up to 4 optional pluggable communication modules, usable • Backup overcurrent and voltage protection
for different and redundant protocols (IEC 61850,
IEC 60870-5-103, IEC 60870-5-104, Modbus TCP, DNP3 (serial • Protection data communication over different distances and
and TCP)) physical media, such as optical fiber, two-wire connections,
• Serial protection data communication via optical fibers, two- and communication networks
wire connections and communication networks (IEEE C37.94, • Phasor measurement unit (PMU).
and others), including automatic switchover between ring
and chain topology Application templates
• Redundancy protocols PRP and HSR Application templates are available in DIGSI for standard applica-
tions. They comprise all basic configurations and default
• Cyber security in accordance with NERC CIP and BDWE White- settings.
paper requirements
SIPROTEC 5 ⋅ Devices Protection, Automation and Monitoring ⋅ Catalog SIPROTEC 5.01 - Edition 4 2.9/1
SIPROTEC 5 Devices and Fields of Application
Circuit-Breaker Management – SIPROTEC 7VK87
2.9
[dw_7VK87_Ltg, 1, en_US]
2.9/2 SIPROTEC 5 ⋅ Devices Protection, Automation and Monitoring ⋅ Siemens SIPROTEC 5.01 - Edition 4
SIPROTEC 5 Devices and Fields of Application
Circuit-Breaker Management – SIPROTEC 7VK87
Available
1
SIPROTEC 5 ⋅ Devices Protection, Automation and Monitoring ⋅ Catalog SIPROTEC 5.01 - Edition 4 2.9/3
SIPROTEC 5 Devices and Fields of Application
Circuit-Breaker Management – SIPROTEC 7VK87
Available
1
2.9
2.9/4 SIPROTEC 5 ⋅ Devices Protection, Automation and Monitoring ⋅ Siemens SIPROTEC 5.01 - Edition 4
SIPROTEC 5 Devices and Fields of Application
Overcurrent Protection as Backup Protection for Line Protection – SIPROTEC 7SJ86
Description
The SIPROTEC 7SJ86 overcurrent protection has specifically been
designed as backup or emergency protection for the line protec-
tion devices. With its modular structure, flexibility and the
powerful DIGSI 5 engineering tool, SIPROTEC 7SJ86 offers
future-oriented system solutions with high investment security
and low operating costs.
• Detection of current and voltage signals up to the 50th • Backup and emergency protection for line protection
harmonic with high accuracy for selected protection functions
(such as thermal overload protection) and operational meas-
• Detection and selective 3-pole tripping of short circuits in
electrical equipment of star networks, lines with infeed at one
ured values or two ends, parallel lines and open or closed ring systems of
• Control, synchrocheck and switchgear interlocking protection all voltage levels
SIPROTEC 5 ⋅ Devices Protection, Automation and Monitoring ⋅ Catalog SIPROTEC 5.01 - Edition 4 2.10/1
SIPROTEC 5 Devices and Fields of Application
Overcurrent Protection as Backup Protection for Line Protection – SIPROTEC 7SJ86
2.10
[dw_7SJ86_Ltg, 1, en_US]
Figure 2.10/2 Application example: directional overcurrent protection for overhead line
2.10/2 SIPROTEC 5 ⋅ Devices Protection, Automation and Monitoring ⋅ Siemens SIPROTEC 5.01 - Edition 4
SIPROTEC 5 Devices and Fields of Application
Overcurrent Protection as Backup Protection for Line Protection – SIPROTEC 7SJ86
Available
1 2
SIPROTEC 5 ⋅ Devices Protection, Automation and Monitoring ⋅ Catalog SIPROTEC 5.01 - Edition 4 2.10/3
SIPROTEC 5 Devices and Fields of Application
Overcurrent Protection as Backup Protection for Line Protection – SIPROTEC 7SJ86
Available
1 2
2.10/4 SIPROTEC 5 ⋅ Devices Protection, Automation and Monitoring ⋅ Siemens SIPROTEC 5.01 - Edition 4
SIPROTEC 5 Devices and Fields of Application
Overcurrent Protection as Backup Protection for Line Protection – Line Protection
Standard variants
SIPROTEC 5 ⋅ Devices Protection, Automation and Monitoring ⋅ Catalog SIPROTEC 5.01 - Edition 4 2.10/5
SIPROTEC 5 Devices and Fields of Application
Overcurrent Protection as Backup Protection for Line Protection – Line Protection
2.10 16 LEDs
4 current transformers
4 voltage transformers
Contains the modules: Base module with PS201 and IO208
Expansion module IO209.
Type 7 1/2, 15 BI, 20 BO, 16 LED, 8 I, 8 V
Housing width 1/2 × 19”
15 binary inputs,
20 binary outputs (1 life contact, 5 standard, 14 fast)
16 LEDs
8 current transformers
8 voltage transformers
Contains the modules: Base module with PS201 and IO208
Expansion module IO202.
Type 8 2/3, 31 BI, 46 BO, 16 LED, 4 I, 4 V
Housing width 2/3 × 19”,
31 binary inputs,
46 binary outputs (1 life contact, 37 standard, 8 fast),
16 LEDs
4 current transformers
4 voltage transformers
Contains the modules: Base module with PS201 and IO208
Expansion modules IO205, IO205.
2.10/6 SIPROTEC 5 ⋅ Devices Protection, Automation and Monitoring ⋅ Siemens SIPROTEC 5.01 - Edition 4
SIPROTEC 5 Devices and Fields of Application
Overcurrent Protection as Backup Protection for Line Protection – Line Protection
SIPROTEC 5 ⋅ Devices Protection, Automation and Monitoring ⋅ Catalog SIPROTEC 5.01 - Edition 4 2.10/7
SIPROTEC 5 Devices and Fields of Application
Overcurrent Protection as Backup Protection for Line Protection – Line Protection
2.10/8 SIPROTEC 5 ⋅ Devices Protection, Automation and Monitoring ⋅ Siemens SIPROTEC 5.01 - Edition 4
www.siemens.com/siprotec
[dw_7UT_anwendung, 2, en_US]
SIPROTEC 7UT82, 7UT85, 7UT86, 7UT87 Definition of the device types by their designation
2.11
SIPROTEC 5 transformer differential protection devices are multi-
functional devices whose main protection functions are based
on the differential protection principle. They protect different
types of transformers, such as two-winding, three-winding and
multi-winding transformers with different numbers of meas-
uring points and, besides standard power transformers, also
auto transformers.
[dw_device_typ, 1, en_US]
The devices can be used in all voltage levels. The large number
of protection and automatic functions permits use in all fields of Essential differentiating characteristics
electric power supply. The devices contain all important auxiliary 7 UT 82 Two-winding transformer (2 sides and
functions that today are necessary for safe network operation. maximum 2 measuring points)
This includes control, measurement and monitoring functions. 7 UT 85 Two-winding transformer (2 sides and
The large number of communication interfaces and communica- maximum 5 measuring points; expandable to
tion protocols satisfies the requirements of communication- 3 sides)
based selective protection and of automated operation. 7 UT 86 Three-winding transformer (3 sides and
Commissioning and maintenance work can be completed safely, maximum 6 measuring points; expandable to
4 sides)
quickly and thus cost-effectively with high-performance test
functions. Their modular structure permits SIPROTEC 5 trans- 7 UT 87 Multi-winding transformer (5 sides and
maximum 9 measuring points)
former differential protection devices always to be adapted flex-
ibly to the requirements.
For your order, you can select the devices from various standard
variants. Additional expansion modules permit the device to be
adapted to your specific application (see "Overview of the
Standard Variants").
2.11/1 SIPROTEC 5 ⋅ Devices Protection, Automation and Monitoring ⋅ Siemens SIPROTEC 5.01 - Edition 4
SIPROTEC 5 Devices and Fields of Application
Transformer Differential Protection – SIPROTEC 7UT82
Description
The SIPROTEC 7UT82 transformer differential protection has
been designed specifically for the protection of two-winding
transformers. It is the main protection for the transformer and
contains many other protection and monitoring functions. The
additional protection functions can also be used as backup
protection for protected downstream objects (such as cables,
line). In this process, you are also supported by the modular
expandability of the hardware. With its modular structure, flexi-
bility and the powerful DIGSI 5 engineering tool, SIPROTEC
7UT82 offers future-oriented system solutions with high invest-
ment security and low operating costs.
DIGSI 5 permits all functions to be configured and combined as • Redundancy protocols PRP and HSR
required. • Cyber security in accordance with NERC CIP and BDWE White-
• Transformer differential protection for two-winding trans- paper requirements
formers with versatile, additional protection functions • Time synchronization using IEEE 1588
• Transformer differential protection for phase-angle regulating • Powerful fault recording (buffer for a max. record time of 80 s
transformers of the single core type
at 8 kHz or 320 s at 2 kHz)
• Universal usability of the permissible measuring points • Auxiliary functions for easy tests and commissioning.
• Applicable from average up to extra-high voltage
Applications
• Protection of standard power transformers, auto transformers Application templates are available in DIGSI 5 for standard appli-
and motors
cations. They contain basic configurations and default settings.
These can be used directly or as a template for application-
SIPROTEC 5 ⋅ Devices Protection, Automation and Monitoring ⋅ Catalog SIPROTEC 5.01 - Edition 4 2.11/2
SIPROTEC 5 Devices and Fields of Application
Transformer Differential Protection – SIPROTEC 7UT82
related adaptation. The available measuring points make varied The Figure 2.11/3 shows the typical structure of an application
applications possible. Prior to ordering a device, please template, the measuring points used, the function groups used,
configure the application with DIGSI 5. Table "Functions and their internal interconnection, and the predefined functions.
application templates" shows the scope of functions of the The example shows the two-winding transformer with ground
device. Use the configurator to determine the necessary func- fault differential protection.
tion points.
Application examples
Two-winding transformer basis
• Differential protection
• Overload protection, backup protection for the downstream
electrical power system
2.11
[dw_two-winding-temp_01, 2, en_US]
2.11/3 SIPROTEC 5 ⋅ Devices Protection, Automation and Monitoring ⋅ Siemens SIPROTEC 5.01 - Edition 4
SIPROTEC 5 Devices and Fields of Application
Transformer Differential Protection – SIPROTEC 7UT82
2.11
[dw_two-winding-temp_02, 2, en_US]
Figure 2.11/4 Application example: Protection of a two-winding transformer with ground fault differential protection
SIPROTEC 5 ⋅ Devices Protection, Automation and Monitoring ⋅ Catalog SIPROTEC 5.01 - Edition 4 2.11/4
SIPROTEC 5 Devices and Fields of Application
Transformer Differential Protection – SIPROTEC 7UT82
Available
1 2 3
37 Undercurrent I< ■
38 Temperature Supervision θ> ■
46 Negative sequence overcurrent protection I2> ■
46 Unbalanced-load protection (thermal) I2² t> ■
49 Thermal overload protection θ, I²t ■ ■ ■ ■
49H Hot spot calculation θh, I²t ■
50/51 TD Overcurrent protection, phases I> ■ ■ ■ ■
50N/ 51N TD Overcurrent protection, ground IN> ■ ■
50HS High speed instantaneous overcurrent protection I>>> ■
Instantaneous tripping at switch onto fault SOTF ■
50N/ 51N TD Overcurrent protection, 1-phase IN> ■
50Ns/ 51Ns Sensitive ground-current protection for systems INs> ■
with resonant or isolated neutral
Intermittent ground fault protection Iie> ■
50BF Circuit-breaker failure protection, 3-pole CBFP ■ ■
50RS Circuit-breaker restrike protection CBRS ■
74TC Trip circuit supervision TCS ■ ■ ■ ■
86 Lockout ■ ■ ■ ■
87T Transformer differential protection ΔI ■ ■ ■
87T Transformer differential protection for phase ΔI ■
angle regulating transformer (single core)
87T Node Differential protection (Node protection for Auto- ΔI Node ■
transformer)
87N T Restricted ground-fault protection ΔIN ■ ■
2.11 87M Motor differential protection ΔI ■ ■
87G Generator differential protection ΔI ■
AFD Arc-protection (only with plug-in module ARC- ■
CD-3FO)
Measured values, standard ■ ■ ■ ■
Measured values, extended: Min, Max, Avg ■
Switching statistic counters ■ ■ ■ ■
Circuit breaker wear monitoring ΣIx, I²t, 2P ■
CFC (Standard, Control) ■ ■ ■ ■
CFC arithmetic ■
Switching sequences function ■
Inrush current detection ■ ■ ■ ■
External trip initiation ■
Control ■ ■ ■ ■
Fault recording of analog and binary signals ■ ■ ■ ■
Monitoring and supervision ■ ■ ■ ■
Protection interface, serial ■
Circuit Breaker ■ ■ ■ ■
Disconnector ■
Function-points class: 0 30 0
The configuration and function points for your application can be ascertained in the SIPROTEC 5 order configurator under: www.siemens.com/siprotec
2.11/5 SIPROTEC 5 ⋅ Devices Protection, Automation and Monitoring ⋅ Siemens SIPROTEC 5.01 - Edition 4
SIPROTEC 5 Devices and Fields of Application
Transformer Differential Protection – SIPROTEC 7UT85
Description
The SIPROTEC 7UT85 transformer differential protection has
been designed specifically for the protection of two-winding
transformers (2 sides). It is the main protection for the trans-
former and contains many other protection and monitoring
functions. The additional protection functions can also be used
as backup protection for protected downstream objects (such as
cables, line). In this process, you are also supported by the
modular expandability of the hardware. With its modular struc-
ture, flexibility and the powerful DIGSI 5 engineering tool,
SIPROTEC 7UT85 offers future-oriented system solutions with
high investment security and low operating costs.
• Safety due to powerful protection functions • Increased sensitivity with near-neutral-point ground faults
through a separate ground fault differential protection 2.11
• Data security and transparency over the entire lifecycle of the • Additional current and voltage inputs can be supplements for
plant save time and money
standard protection functions, such as overcurrent, voltage
• Purposeful and simple operation of the devices and software frequency, etc.
thanks to user-friendly design
• Arc protection
• Increased reliability and quality of the engineering process
• Voltage controller function ANSI 90V for two-winding trans-
• Consistent implementation of high safety and security mecha- formers, three-winding transformers and grid coupling trans-
nisms formers
• Powerful communication components ensure safe and effec- • Graphical logic editor to create powerful automation func-
tive solutions tions in the device
• Full compatibility between IEC 61850 Editions 1 and 2 • Up to 4 pluggable communication modules, usable for
different and redundant protocols (IEC 61850, IEC 60870-
• Highly available Ethernet communication due to integrated 5-103, IEC 60870-5-104, DNP3 (serial and TCP), Modbus TCP)
Ethernet redundancy protocols PRP and HSR.
Functions • Redundancy protocols PRP and HSR
DIGSI 5 permits all functions to be configured and combined as • Cyber security in accordance with NERC CIP and BDWE White-
required. paper requirements
• Transformer differential protection for two-winding trans- • Secure serial protection data communication, also over great
formers with versatile, additional protection functions; distances and all available physical media (fiber-optic cable, 2-
expandable to 3 windings wire connections and communication networks)
• Transformer differential protection for phase-angle regulating • Capturing operational measured variables and protection
transformers of the single core type and special transformers function measured values to evaluate the plant state, to
support commissioning, and to analyze faults
• Universal usability of the permissible measuring points
• Phasor measurement unit (PMU) for synchrophasor measured
• Applicable from average up to extra-high voltage values and IEEE C37.118 protocol
• Protection of standard power transformers, auto transformers • Powerful fault recording (buffer for a max. record time of 80 s
and motors at 8 kHz or 320 s at 2 kHz)
SIPROTEC 5 ⋅ Devices Protection, Automation and Monitoring ⋅ Catalog SIPROTEC 5.01 - Edition 4 2.11/6
SIPROTEC 5 Devices and Fields of Application
Transformer Differential Protection – SIPROTEC 7UT85
• Auxiliary functions for simple tests and commissioning • Overload protection, backup protection for the downstream
electrical power system
• Flexibly adjustable I/O quantity structure within the scope of
the SIPROTEC 5 modular system • Circuit-breaker failure protection
Applications Two-winding transformer in breaker-and-a-half application
(Figure 2.11/8)
Application templates are available in DIGSI for standard applica-
tions. They contain basic configurations and default settings. • Differential protection
These can be used directly or as a template for application- • Ground fault differential protection on the star side
related adaptation. The available measuring points make varied
applications possible. Prior to ordering a device, please • Overload protection, backup protection for the downstream
configure the application with DIGSI. Table "Functions and appli- electrical power system
cation templates" shows the functional scope of the device. Use • Circuit-breaker failure protection.
the configurator to determine the necessary function points.
The Figure 2.11/6 shows the typical structure of an application
Application examples
template, the measuring points used, the function groups used,
Two-winding transformer basis (Figure 2.11/6) their internal interconnection, and the predefined functions.
The example shows the two-winding transformer with ground
• Differential protection fault differential protection.
• Overload protection, backup protection for the downstream
electrical power system
Two-winding transformer with restricted ground-fault differen-
tial protection (REF) (Figure 2.11/7)
• Differential protection
• Ground fault differential protection on the star side
2.11
[dw_two-winding-temp_01, 2, en_US]
2.11/7 SIPROTEC 5 ⋅ Devices Protection, Automation and Monitoring ⋅ Siemens SIPROTEC 5.01 - Edition 4
SIPROTEC 5 Devices and Fields of Application
Transformer Differential Protection – SIPROTEC 7UT85
2.11
[dw_two-winding-temp_02, 2, en_US]
Figure 2.11/7 Application example: Protection of a two-winding transformer with ground fault differential protection
SIPROTEC 5 ⋅ Devices Protection, Automation and Monitoring ⋅ Catalog SIPROTEC 5.01 - Edition 4 2.11/8
SIPROTEC 5 Devices and Fields of Application
Transformer Differential Protection – SIPROTEC 7UT85
2.11
[dw_two-winding-temp_03, 2, en_US]
2.11/9 SIPROTEC 5 ⋅ Devices Protection, Automation and Monitoring ⋅ Siemens SIPROTEC 5.01 - Edition 4
SIPROTEC 5 Devices and Fields of Application
Transformer Differential Protection – SIPROTEC 7UT85
Available
1 2 3 4 5
SIPROTEC 5 ⋅ Devices Protection, Automation and Monitoring ⋅ Catalog SIPROTEC 5.01 - Edition 4 2.11/10
SIPROTEC 5 Devices and Fields of Application
Transformer Differential Protection – SIPROTEC 7UT85
Available
1 2 3 4 5
2.11/11 SIPROTEC 5 ⋅ Devices Protection, Automation and Monitoring ⋅ Siemens SIPROTEC 5.01 - Edition 4
SIPROTEC 5 Devices and Fields of Application
Transformer Differential Protection – SIPROTEC 7UT85
2.11
SIPROTEC 5 ⋅ Devices Protection, Automation and Monitoring ⋅ Catalog SIPROTEC 5.01 - Edition 4 2.11/12
SIPROTEC 5 Devices and Fields of Application
Transformer Differential Protection – SIPROTEC 7UT86
Description
The SIPROTEC 7UT86 transformer differential protection has
been designed specifically for the protection of three-winding
transformers (3 sides). It is the main protection for the trans-
former and contains many other protection and monitoring
functions. The additional protection functions can also be used
as backup protection for protected downstream objects (such as
cables, line). In this process, you are also supported by the
modular expandability of the hardware. The device supports all
SIPROTEC 5 system properties. It enables future-oriented system
solutions with high investment security and low operating costs.
With its modular structure, flexibility and the powerful DIGSI 5
engineering tool, SIPROTEC 7UT86 offers future-oriented system
solutions with high investment security and low operating costs.
2.11/13 SIPROTEC 5 ⋅ Devices Protection, Automation and Monitoring ⋅ Siemens SIPROTEC 5.01 - Edition 4
SIPROTEC 5 Devices and Fields of Application
Transformer Differential Protection – SIPROTEC 7UT86
• Phasor measurement unit (PMU) for synchrophasor measured • Overload protection, backup protection for the downstream
values and IEEE C37.118 protocol electrical power system
• Powerful fault recording (buffer for a max. record time of 80 s • Circuit-breaker failure protection
at 8 kHz or 320 s at 2 kHz)
Three-winding transformer in breaker-and-a-half layout
• Auxiliary functions for simple tests and commissioning
• Differential protection
• Flexibly adjustable I/O quantity structure within the scope of
the SIPROTEC 5 modular system • Ground fault differential protection on the star side
Applications • Ground current protection on the neutral side as backup
protection for the electrical power system
Application templates are available in DIGSI 5 for standard appli-
cations. They contain basic configurations and default settings. • Overload protection
These can be used directly or as a template for application- • Circuit-breaker failure protection
related adaptation. The available measuring points make varied
applications possible. Prior to ordering a device, please • Frequency and voltage protection on the neutral side
configure the application with DIGSI 5. Table "Functions and
Figure 2.11/10 shows the template for the protection of a
application templates" shows the functional scope of the device.
three-winding transformer in a breaker-and-a-half layout. You
Use the configurator to determine the necessary function
can recognize the 3 required function groups for the trans-
points.
former side, the integration of the ground fault differential
Application examples protection as well as the internal interconnection and selected
The application templates of the SIPROTEC 7UT85 are also avail- functions. In addition, a voltage transformer is available on the
able for the SIPROTEC 7UT86. upper-voltage side. Here, for example, voltage and frequency
limits can be monitored. The required protection settings are
In addition, the following templates are available: made as required by the system.
Three-winding transformer basis
• Differential protection
Auto transformer with stabilizing winding
• Differential protection for the complete transformer (auto
transformer winding + stabilizing winding)
2.11
• Ground fault differential protection (neutral point + maximum
side current)
SIPROTEC 5 ⋅ Devices Protection, Automation and Monitoring ⋅ Catalog SIPROTEC 5.01 - Edition 4 2.11/14
SIPROTEC 5 Devices and Fields of Application
Transformer Differential Protection – SIPROTEC 7UT86
2.11
[dw_Kat-three-wind, 1, en_US]
2.11/15 SIPROTEC 5 ⋅ Devices Protection, Automation and Monitoring ⋅ Siemens SIPROTEC 5.01 - Edition 4
SIPROTEC 5 Devices and Fields of Application
Transformer Differential Protection – SIPROTEC 7UT86
Available
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
SIPROTEC 5 ⋅ Devices Protection, Automation and Monitoring ⋅ Catalog SIPROTEC 5.01 - Edition 4 2.11/16
SIPROTEC 5 Devices and Fields of Application
Transformer Differential Protection – SIPROTEC 7UT86
Available
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
2.11/17 SIPROTEC 5 ⋅ Devices Protection, Automation and Monitoring ⋅ Siemens SIPROTEC 5.01 - Edition 4
SIPROTEC 5 Devices and Fields of Application
Transformer Differential Protection – SIPROTEC 7UT86
2.11
SIPROTEC 5 ⋅ Devices Protection, Automation and Monitoring ⋅ Catalog SIPROTEC 5.01 - Edition 4 2.11/18
SIPROTEC 5 Devices and Fields of Application
Transformer Differential Protection – SIPROTEC 7UT87
Description
The SIPROTEC 7UT87 transformer differential protection has
been designed specifically for the protection of multi-winding
transformers (up to 5 sides). Furthermore, it is to be used where
numerous measuring points (up to 7 3-pole current measuring
points) are required. Another application is simultaneous protec-
tion of two parallel transformers (additional fast backup protec-
tion). The SIPROTEC 7UT87 is the main protection for the trans-
former and contains many other protection and monitoring
functions. The additional protection functions can also be used
as backup protection for protected downstream objects (such as
cables, line). With its modular structure, flexibility and the
powerful DIGSI 5 engineering tool, SIPROTEC 7UT87 offers
future-oriented system solutions with high investment security
and low operating costs.
[SIP5_GD_SS_LED_W3, 1, --_--]
Main function Up to 3 differential protection functions with
additional stabilization (in different trans- Figure 2.11/11 SIPROTEC 7UT87 transformer differential protection
former function groups); up to 5 ground fault (2/3 device = standard variant Q1)
differential protection functions.
For auto transformer applications, two differ- • Arc protection
ential protection functions can be processed in
an Auto transformer function group. • Voltage controller function ANSI 90V for two-winding trans-
Usable measuring 9 x 3-phase current measuring points, 5 x 1-
formers, three-winding transformers and grid coupling trans-
points phase current measuring points, 5 x 3-phase formers
voltage measuring points • Adaptive adaptation of the operate curve to the transformer
Inputs and outputs 2 predefined standard variants with 20 current tap position
transformers, 4 voltage transformers, 15 to
27 binary inputs, 22 to 38 binary outputs • Increased sensitivity with near-neutral-point ground faults
through a separate ground fault differential protection
Hardware flexibility Flexibly adjustable and expandable I/O quantity
structure within the scope of the SIPROTEC 5 • Additional current and voltage inputs can be supplements for
2.11 modular system. standard protection functions, such as overcurrent, voltage
Housing width 2/3 × 19" - 2/1 × 19" frequency, etc.
• Graphical logic editor to create powerful automation func-
Functions tions in the device
DIGSI 5 permits all functions to be configured and combined as • Up to 4 pluggable communication modules, usable for
required. In SIPROTEC 7UT87, two transformer function groups different and redundant protocols (IEC 61850,
can be used. IEC 60870-5-103, IEC 60870-5-104, DNP3 (serial and TCP),
Modbus TCP)
• Transformer differential protection for multi-winding trans-
formers with versatile, additional protection functions (multi- • Redundancy protocols PRP and HSR
winding transformers are typical in power converter applica-
tions (such as HVDC)) • Cyber security in accordance with NERC CIP and BDWE White-
paper requirements
• Transformer differential protection for phase-angle regulating
transformers of the single core and two core types, and • Secure serial protection data communication, also over great
special transformers distances and all available physical media (fiber-optic cable, 2-
wire connections and communication networks)
• Transformer protection applications with up to seven 3-phase
current measuring points • Capturing operation measured variables and protection func-
tion measured values to evaluate the plant state, to support
• Simultaneous differential protection for two parallel trans- commissioning, and to analyze faults
formers (such as two 2-winding transformers)
• Phasor measurement unit (PMU) for synchrophasor measured
• Universal usability of the permissible measuring points values and IEEE C37.118 protocol
• Applicable from average up to extra-high voltage • Powerful fault recording (buffer for a max. record time of 80 s
at 8 kHz or 320 s at 2 kHz)
• Protection of standard power transformers, auto transformers
and motors • Auxiliary functions for simple tests and commissioning
• Typical properties of a transformer differential protection such • Flexibly adjustable I/O quantity structure within the scope of
as flexible adaptation to the transformer vector group, control the SIPROTEC 5 modular system
of inrush and overexcitation processes, safe behavior in the
case of current-transformer saturation with different degrees
of saturation
2.11/19 SIPROTEC 5 ⋅ Devices Protection, Automation and Monitoring ⋅ Siemens SIPROTEC 5.01 - Edition 4
SIPROTEC 5 Devices and Fields of Application
Transformer Differential Protection – SIPROTEC 7UT87
2.11
SIPROTEC 5 ⋅ Devices Protection, Automation and Monitoring ⋅ Catalog SIPROTEC 5.01 - Edition 4 2.11/20
SIPROTEC 5 Devices and Fields of Application
Transformer Differential Protection – SIPROTEC 7UT87
2.11
[dw_autotrans, 1, en_US]
Figure 2.11/12 Application example: Protection of an auto transformer with stabilizing winding in breaker-and-a-half application system
Figure 2.11/12 shows the template for the protection of an auto dant differential protection with supplementing sensitivity. A
transformer that is connected to a breaker-and-a-half arrange- separate ground fault differential protection is not required. In
ment. The special feature of this application is that per phase addition, a voltage transformer is available on the upper-voltage
the neutral point side current is directly recorded. A separate side. Here, for example, voltage and frequency limits can be
node point differential protection via the auto winding reliably monitored. The required protection settings are made as
records ground faults and turn-to-turn faults. The classic differ- required by the system.
ential protection is assigned over the entire transformer (auto Since the SIPROTEC 7UT87 is intended to be used for special
and stabilizing winding). Both functions run in the Auto trans- applications, you must create your own application template as
former function group. This type of execution gives you a redun-
2.11/21 SIPROTEC 5 ⋅ Devices Protection, Automation and Monitoring ⋅ Siemens SIPROTEC 5.01 - Edition 4
SIPROTEC 5 Devices and Fields of Application
Transformer Differential Protection – SIPROTEC 7UT87
a function of the application. Save this template with the device. Example 1:
To make your work easier, you can use an available template
This example requires a large number of three-phase current
and modify it as required. The following examples may help
measuring points for a complex application in the power plant
you:
field. Figure 2.11/13 shows a possible configuration.
2.11
[dw_7-messstellen, 1, en_US]
Figure 2.11/13 Possible application of SIPROTEC 7UT87 in a power plant (up to seven 3-phase current measuring points)
SIPROTEC 5 ⋅ Devices Protection, Automation and Monitoring ⋅ Catalog SIPROTEC 5.01 - Edition 4 2.11/22
SIPROTEC 5 Devices and Fields of Application
Transformer Differential Protection – SIPROTEC 7UT87
2.11
[dw_two-transformer, 1, en_US]
Figure 2.11/14 Protection of two parallel transformers with one SIPROTEC 7UT87
2.11/23 SIPROTEC 5 ⋅ Devices Protection, Automation and Monitoring ⋅ Siemens SIPROTEC 5.01 - Edition 4
SIPROTEC 5 Devices and Fields of Application
Transformer Differential Protection – SIPROTEC 7UT87
Example 3:
The last example shows the protection of a converter trans-
former. Four sides and six measuring points are required here.
2.11
[dw_umrichter-transf, 1, en_US]
SIPROTEC 5 ⋅ Devices Protection, Automation and Monitoring ⋅ Catalog SIPROTEC 5.01 - Edition 4 2.11/24
SIPROTEC 5 Devices and Fields of Application
Transformer Differential Protection – SIPROTEC 7UT87
Available
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
2.11/25 SIPROTEC 5 ⋅ Devices Protection, Automation and Monitoring ⋅ Siemens SIPROTEC 5.01 - Edition 4
SIPROTEC 5 Devices and Fields of Application
Transformer Differential Protection – SIPROTEC 7UT87
Available
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
SIPROTEC 5 ⋅ Devices Protection, Automation and Monitoring ⋅ Catalog SIPROTEC 5.01 - Edition 4 2.11/26
SIPROTEC 5 Devices and Fields of Application
Transformer Differential Protection – SIPROTEC 7UT87
2.11
2.11/27 SIPROTEC 5 ⋅ Devices Protection, Automation and Monitoring ⋅ Siemens SIPROTEC 5.01 - Edition 4
SIPROTEC 5 Devices and Fields of Application
Transformer Differential Protection – Standard variants
Standard variants
SIPROTEC 5 ⋅ Devices Protection, Automation and Monitoring ⋅ Catalog SIPROTEC 5.01 - Edition 4 2.11/28
SIPROTEC 5 Devices and Fields of Application
Transformer Differential Protection – Standard variants
2.11
2.11/29 SIPROTEC 5 ⋅ Devices Protection, Automation and Monitoring ⋅ Siemens SIPROTEC 5.01 - Edition 4
www.siemens.com/siprotec
Motor Protection
SIPROTEC 5 Devices and Fields of Application
Motor Protection – SIPROTEC 7SK82, 7SK85
[dw_7SK_anwendung, 2, en_US]
2.12/1 SIPROTEC 5 ⋅ Devices Protection, Automation and Monitoring ⋅ Siemens SIPROTEC 5.01 - Edition 4
SIPROTEC 5 Devices and Fields of Application
Motor Protection – SIPROTEC 7SK82
Description
The SIPROTEC 7SK82 motor protection has been designed
particularly for a cost-optimized and compact utilization of small
to medium-sized motors. With its flexibility and the powerful
DIGSI 5 engineering tool, SIPROTEC 7SK82 offers future-oriented
system solutions with high investment security and low oper-
ating costs.
• Data security and transparency over the entire lifecycle of the • Control, synchrocheck and switchgear interlocking protection
plant save time and money • Graphical logic editor to create powerful automation func-
• Purposeful and simple operation of the devices and software tions in the device
thanks to user-friendly design • Single line representation in small or large display
• Increased reliability and quality of the engineering process • Integrated electrical Ethernet RJ45 for DIGSI 5 and IEC 61850
• Consistent implementation of high safety and security mecha- (reporting and GOOSE)
nisms • Two optional pluggable communication modules, usable for
• Powerful communication components ensure safe and effec- different and redundant protocols (IEC 61850, IEC 2.12
tive solutions 60870-5-103, IEC 60870-5-104, DNP3 (serial and TCP),
Modbus TCP)
• Full compatibility between IEC 61850 Editions 1 and 2
• Redundancy protocols PRP and HSR
• High investment security and low operating costs due to
future-oriented system solution. • Cyber security in accordance with NERC CIP and BDWE White-
paper requirements
Functions
DIGSI 5 permits all functions to be configured and combined as
• Secure serial protection data communication, also over great
distances and all available physical media (fiber-optic cable, 2-
required.
wire connections and communication networks)
• Motor protection functions: Startup time monitoring, thermal • Capturing operational measured variables and protection
overload protection for stator and rotor, restart inhibit, unbal- function measured values to evaluate the plant state, to
anced-load protection, load-jam protection support commissioning, and to analyze faults
• Stator and bearing temperature monitoring via temperature • Phasor measurement unit (PMU) for synchrophasor measured
sensors with external RTD unit. values and IEEE C37.118 protocol
• Sensitive ground-fault protection (non-directional, directional) • Powerful fault recording (buffer for a max. record time of 80 s
to detect stator ground faults at 8 kHz or 320 s at 2 kHz)
• Directional and non-directional overcurrent protection (short- • Auxiliary functions for easy tests and commissioning.
circuit protection) with additional functions
Applications
• Detection of ground faults in isolated or arc-suppression-coil-
ground power systems • Protection against thermal overload of the stator from over-
• Overvoltage and undervoltage protection current, cooling problems or pollution
SIPROTEC 5 ⋅ Devices Protection, Automation and Monitoring ⋅ Catalog SIPROTEC 5.01 - Edition 4 2.12/2
SIPROTEC 5 Devices and Fields of Application
Motor Protection – SIPROTEC 7SK82
• Monitoring the thermal state and the bearing temperatures • Unbalanced-load protection (thermal)
with temperature measurement
• Temperature supervision
• Detection of idling drives of pumps and compressors, for
example • Load-jam protection
• Detection of ground faults in the motor • Overcurrent protection (non-directional) for phases and
ground
• Protection against motor short circuits
• Transformer inrush-current detection
• Protection against instability due to undervoltage.
• Sensitive directional ground-fault detection for systems with
Application templates isolated or resonant neutral and for detecting stator ground
Application templates are available in DIGSI for standard applica- faults
tions. They comprise all basic configurations and default • Overvoltage protection with zero-sequence system V0
settings.
The following application templates are available:
• Undervoltage protection with positive-sequence system V1
Current measurement • Fuse-failure monitor
• Thermal overload protection for stator and rotor Application Example
SIPROTEC 7SK82 – protection of a motor of medium power
• Starting-time supervision
The motor protection functions and the overcurrent protection
• Restart inhibit of the SIPROTEC 7SK82 protect an asynchronous motor of
• Unbalanced-load protection (thermal) medium power (up to approximately 2 MW) against thermal and
mechanical overload and short circuits. The directional sensitive
• Temperature supervision ground-fault detection and the overvoltage protection with
zero-sequence voltage V0 detect stator ground faults in the
• Load-jam protection motor. An external RTD unit captures and monitors the thermal
• Overcurrent protection (non-directional) for phases and state of the motor and the bearing temperatures. The RTD unit
ground connects to the device via Ethernet or serial communication.
• Transformer inrush-current detection Figure 2.12/3 shows the functional scope and the basic configu-
ration of a SIPROTEC 7SK82 for this application. It is based on
Current and voltage measurement the application template "Current and voltage measurement". In
• Thermal overload protection for stator and rotor addition, the device must be equipped with a plug-in module for
2.12 communication with the RTD unit.
• Starting-time supervision
• Restart inhibit
2.12/3 SIPROTEC 5 ⋅ Devices Protection, Automation and Monitoring ⋅ Siemens SIPROTEC 5.01 - Edition 4
SIPROTEC 5 Devices and Fields of Application
Motor Protection – SIPROTEC 7SK82
2.12
[Motorschutz-7SK82, 1, en_US]
SIPROTEC 5 ⋅ Devices Protection, Automation and Monitoring ⋅ Catalog SIPROTEC 5.01 - Edition 4 2.12/4
SIPROTEC 5 Devices and Fields of Application
Motor Protection – SIPROTEC 7SK82
Available
1 2
2.12/5 SIPROTEC 5 ⋅ Devices Protection, Automation and Monitoring ⋅ Siemens SIPROTEC 5.01 - Edition 4
SIPROTEC 5 Devices and Fields of Application
Motor Protection – SIPROTEC 7SK82
Available
1 2
SIPROTEC 5 ⋅ Devices Protection, Automation and Monitoring ⋅ Catalog SIPROTEC 5.01 - Edition 4 2.12/6
SIPROTEC 5 Devices and Fields of Application
Motor Protection – SIPROTEC 7SK85
Description
The SIPROTEC 7SK85 motor protection is designed for the
protection of motors of all sizes. With its modular structure, flex-
ibility and the powerful DIGSI 5 engineering tool, SIPROTEC
7SK85 offers future-oriented system solutions with high invest-
ment security and low operating costs.
• Safety due to powerful protection functions Figure 2.12/4 SIPROTEC 7SK85 motor protection device (1/3 device
with large graphical display and 1/6 expansion module
• Data security and transparency over the entire lifecycle of the with key switch front panel)
plant save time and money
• Purposeful and simple operation of the devices and software • Detection of current and voltage signals up to the 50th
thanks to user-friendly design harmonic with high accuracy for selected protection functions
(such as thermal overload protection) and operational meas-
• Increased reliability and quality of the engineering process ured values
• Consistent implementation of high safety and security mecha- • Control, synchrocheck and switchgear interlocking protection
nisms
• Graphical logic editor to create powerful automation func-
• Powerful communication components ensure safe and effec- tions in the device
tive solutions
• Integrated electrical Ethernet RJ45 for DIGSI 5 and IEC 61850
• Full compatibility between IEC 61850 Editions 1 and 2 (reporting and GOOSE)
2.12
• High investment security and low operating costs due to • Up to 4 pluggable communication modules, usable for
future-oriented system solution different and redundant protocols (IEC 61850,
Functions IEC 60870-5-103, IEC 60870-5-104, DNP3 (serial and TCP),
Modbus TCP)
DIGSI 5 permits all functions to be configured and combined as
required. • Redundancy protocols PRP and HSR
• Motor protection functions: Startup time monitoring, thermal • Cyber security in accordance with NERC CIP and BDWE White-
overload protection for stator and rotor, restart inhibit, unbal- paper requirements
anced-load protection, load-jam protection • Secure serial protection data communication, also over great
• Stator and bearing temperature monitoring via temperature distances and all available physical media (fiber-optic cable, 2-
sensors with external RTD unit. wire connections and communication networks)
• Differential motor protection as fast short-circuit protection • Capturing operational measured variables and protection
for motors of high power function measured values to evaluate the plant state, to
support commissioning, and to analyze faults
• Sensitive ground-fault protection (non-directional, directional)
to detect stator ground faults • Synchrophasor measured values with IEEE C37.118 protocol
integrated (PMU)
• Directional and non-directional overcurrent protection (short-
circuit protection) with additional functions • Powerful fault recording (buffer for a max. record time of 80 s
at 8 kHz or 320 s at 2 kHz)
• Detection of ground faults in isolated or arc-suppression-coil-
ground power systems • Auxiliary functions for simple tests and commissioning
• Overvoltage and undervoltage protection • Flexibly adjustable I/O quantity structure within the scope of
the SIPROTEC 5 modular system
• Arc protection
• Power protection, configurable as active or reactive power
protection
2.12/7 SIPROTEC 5 ⋅ Devices Protection, Automation and Monitoring ⋅ Siemens SIPROTEC 5.01 - Edition 4
SIPROTEC 5 Devices and Fields of Application
Motor Protection – SIPROTEC 7SK85
SIPROTEC 5 ⋅ Devices Protection, Automation and Monitoring ⋅ Catalog SIPROTEC 5.01 - Edition 4 2.12/8
SIPROTEC 5 Devices and Fields of Application
Motor Protection – SIPROTEC 7SK85
2.12
[Motorschutz-7SK85, 1, en_US]
2.12/9 SIPROTEC 5 ⋅ Devices Protection, Automation and Monitoring ⋅ Siemens SIPROTEC 5.01 - Edition 4
SIPROTEC 5 Devices and Fields of Application
Motor Protection – SIPROTEC 7SK85
Available
1 2 3
SIPROTEC 5 ⋅ Devices Protection, Automation and Monitoring ⋅ Catalog SIPROTEC 5.01 - Edition 4 2.12/10
SIPROTEC 5 Devices and Fields of Application
Motor Protection – SIPROTEC 7SK85
Available
1 2 3
2.12/11 SIPROTEC 5 ⋅ Devices Protection, Automation and Monitoring ⋅ Siemens SIPROTEC 5.01 - Edition 4
SIPROTEC 5 Devices and Fields of Application
Motor Protection – Standard variants
Standard variants
Table 2.12/3 Standard variants for SIPROTEC 7SK82 motor protection devices
SIPROTEC 5 ⋅ Devices Protection, Automation and Monitoring ⋅ Catalog SIPROTEC 5.01 - Edition 4 2.12/12
SIPROTEC 5 Devices and Fields of Application
Motor Protection – Standard variants
Table 2.12/4 Standard variants for SIPROTEC 7SK85 motor protection devices
2.12
The technical data of the devices can be found in the manual
www.siemens.com/siprotec
2.12/13 SIPROTEC 5 ⋅ Devices Protection, Automation and Monitoring ⋅ Siemens SIPROTEC 5.01 - Edition 4
www.siemens.com/siprotec
Generator Protection
SIPROTEC 5 Devices and Fields of Application
Generator Protection – SIPROTEC 7UM85
[dw_7UM8_anwendung, 1, en_US]
2.13/1 SIPROTEC 5 ⋅ Devices Protection, Automation and Monitoring ⋅ Siemens SIPROTEC 5.01 - Edition 4
SIPROTEC 5 Devices and Fields of Application
Generator Protection – SIPROTEC 7UM85
Description
The SIPROTEC 7UM85 generator protection device has been
designed specifically for the protection of generators and power
plant units. It contains all necessary main protection functions
and a large number of other protection and monitoring func-
tions. With its modular structure, flexibility and the powerful
DIGSI 5 engineering tool, SIPROTEC 7UM85 offers future-
oriented system solutions with high investment security and low
operating costs.
• Stator ground-fault protection (90% non-directional or direc- • Secure serial protection data communication, also over great
tional, 100% with 3rd harmonic, real 100% protection with distances and all available physical media (fiber-optic cable, 2-
20-Hz voltage injection) wire connections and communication networks)
• Rotor ground-fault protection with different measuring • Redundancy protocols PRP and HSR
methods (ground-current or ground-resistance monitoring)
• Cyber security in accordance with NERC CIP and BDWE White-
• High-precision reverse-power protection and universal power paper requirements
protection
• Phasor measurement unit (PMU) for synchrophasor measured
• Underexcitation and overexcitation protection values and IEEE C37.118 protocol
SIPROTEC 5 ⋅ Devices Protection, Automation and Monitoring ⋅ Catalog SIPROTEC 5.01 - Edition 4 2.13/2
SIPROTEC 5 Devices and Fields of Application
Generator Protection – SIPROTEC 7UM85
• Auxiliary functions for simple tests and commissioning Generator busbar connection basis
• Flexibly adjustable I/O quantity structure within the scope of • Basic protection functions
the SIPROTEC 5 modular system
• Generator differential protection
Applications
• Underexcitation Protection
• Protection of generators in busbar connection of different
power, with directional stator ground-fault protection. Generator unit connection basis
• Protection of generators in unit connection of different power • Basic protection functions
(using the 100% stator ground fault (20 Hz)) with larger
generators • Transformer differential protection as overall protection
(transformer + generator)
• Protection of power plant units with one device per protection • Underexcitation Protection
group. In the generator transformer version, the 7UM85
implements both generator and transformer protection. • 100% stator ground-fault protection with 3rd Harmonic
• In more complex power plant units (unit connection with Generator unit connection advanced
generator circuit breaker and several auxiliary transformers),
additional SIPROTEC 5 devices are used, such as 7UT8x, 7SJ82 • Basic protection functions
or 7SJ85 and 7SA, SD, SL86, at the upper-voltage side of the
generator transformer. • Transformer differential protection
• Using motor and generator protection functions (underexcita- • Generator differential protection
tion protection, for example) to protect synchronous motors
• Underexcitation Protection
Application Templates
Application templates are available in DIGSI for standard applica-
• Out-of-Step Protection
tions. They comprise basic configurations and default settings. • 100% stator ground-fault protection with 20-Hz coupling
The following application templates are available: • Synchronization function (without adjusting commands)
Generator basis
• Circuit-breaker failure protection
• Basic protection functions (overcurrent protection, stator
ground-fault protection, reverse-power protection, overexcita-
tion protection, voltage protection, frequency protection and
unbalanced-load protection),
• Rotor ground-fault protection (ground current measurement)
2.13
2.13/3 SIPROTEC 5 ⋅ Devices Protection, Automation and Monitoring ⋅ Siemens SIPROTEC 5.01 - Edition 4
SIPROTEC 5 Devices and Fields of Application
Generator Protection – SIPROTEC 7UM85
2.13
[dw_appl-02_legend, 1, en_US]
Figure 2.13/3 Application example: Protection of a generator in a busbar connection (application template: Generator busbar connection basis)
SIPROTEC 5 ⋅ Devices Protection, Automation and Monitoring ⋅ Catalog SIPROTEC 5.01 - Edition 4 2.13/4
SIPROTEC 5 Devices and Fields of Application
Generator Protection – SIPROTEC 7UM85
ground-fault protection runs in the V/I, 1-phase FG. The Circuit- you may use additional Circuit breaker FGs. All linkages are
breaker function group controls the entire interaction with the preset in the application template. You need 100 function
circuit breaker. Additional functions, such as activating quick points for the template. If you want to use additional functions,
stop and actuating de-excitation, are activated via a direct you may have to increase the number of function points.
routing of the tripping signal to the relay contacts. Alternatively,
2.13
[dw_appl-03_legend, 1, en_US]
Figure 2.13/4 Application example: Protecting a generator in unit connection (application template: Generator unit connection basis)
SIPROTEC 7UM85 - protecting a generator in unit connection connection. The generator feeds power via the GSU transformer
into the power system. The application is based on the applica-
The example shows a typical implementation of a plant for small
tion template "Generator unit connection basis". Figure 2.13/4
to medium-sized generators (1 - 50 MVA, for example) in unit
2.13/5 SIPROTEC 5 ⋅ Devices Protection, Automation and Monitoring ⋅ Siemens SIPROTEC 5.01 - Edition 4
SIPROTEC 5 Devices and Fields of Application
Generator Protection – SIPROTEC 7UM85
shows the single line diagram, the connection to the 7UM85, device. It is almost identical to the busbar version. The differen-
and the logic structure in the device. The protection range of the tial protection was changed. It is to protect the generator and
90% stator ground-fault protection is guaranteed by the neutral- the transformer. A transformer differential protection must
point transformer with load resistor. The rotor ground-fault therefore be used with the associated function groups.
protection is implemented as coupling at power system
All linkages are preset in the application template. You need
frequency, and is based on the rotor ground-current measure-
125 function points for the template. If you want to use addi-
ment. A 7XR61 + 3PP1336 must be provided as accessory. A
tional functions, you may have to increase the number of func-
base module and an expansion module (such as standard
tion points.
variant AA2 + IO201) are required as minimum device hardware.
Figure 2.13/4 shows also the internal functional structure of the
2.13
[dw_appl-04_legend, 1, en_US]
Figure 2.13/5 Application example: Protection of a power plant unit (application template: Generator unit connection advanced)
SIPROTEC 5 ⋅ Devices Protection, Automation and Monitoring ⋅ Catalog SIPROTEC 5.01 - Edition 4 2.13/6
SIPROTEC 5 Devices and Fields of Application
Generator Protection – SIPROTEC 7UM85
2.13/7 SIPROTEC 5 ⋅ Devices Protection, Automation and Monitoring ⋅ Siemens SIPROTEC 5.01 - Edition 4
SIPROTEC 5 Devices and Fields of Application
Generator Protection – SIPROTEC 7UM85
Available
1 2 3 4
SIPROTEC 5 ⋅ Devices Protection, Automation and Monitoring ⋅ Catalog SIPROTEC 5.01 - Edition 4 2.13/8
SIPROTEC 5 Devices and Fields of Application
Generator Protection – SIPROTEC 7UM85
Available
1 2 3 4
2.13/9 SIPROTEC 5 ⋅ Devices Protection, Automation and Monitoring ⋅ Siemens SIPROTEC 5.01 - Edition 4
SIPROTEC 5 Devices and Fields of Application
Generator Protection – SIPROTEC 7UM85
Standard variants
SIPROTEC 5 ⋅ Devices Protection, Automation and Monitoring ⋅ Catalog SIPROTEC 5.01 - Edition 4 2.13/10
SIPROTEC 5 Devices and Fields of Application
Generator Protection – SIPROTEC 7UM85
2.13
2.13/11 SIPROTEC 5 ⋅ Devices Protection, Automation and Monitoring ⋅ Siemens SIPROTEC 5.01 - Edition 4
www.siemens.com/siprotec
Busbar Protection
SIPROTEC 5 Devices and Fields of Application
Busbar Protection – SIPROTEC 7SS85
[dw_7SS85_anwendung, 2, en_US]
• Triple busbars The central busbar protection SIPROTEC 7SS85 includes the
following maximum quantity structure:
• Breaker-and-a-half layout method • 201) (15 with CP200) 3-phase meas. points (current transf.)
• Dual circuit-breaker systems and one or two current trans- • 41) (2 with CP200) 3-phase meas. points (voltage transf.)
former(s) per feeder
• Truck-Type Switchgear • 26 (22 with CP200) bays (feeders, bus couplers, bus-section
disconnections)
• Systems with combined busbars (alternatively main/transfer • 4 bus sections (protection zones)
busbar).
• T circuit arrangements • 4 bus couplers (with 1 or 2 current transformers)
• H connection arrangement with busbar coupler or disconnec- • 2 auxiliary busbars (bus sections without measuring function)
tion
• Optional distributed binary inputs and outputs via protection
• Ring busbars. interface (PI) or IEC 61850 (GOOSE) open new plant concepts
1) Please consider that the maximum possible number of binary inputs and outputs decreases as
Specify "significant properties" to define the maximum scope of
the number of current and voltage measuring points increases. Consequently, a configuration
functions of your device. Each significant property is defined by
a short designation. with 20 current measuring points permits only 43 binary inputs and 43 binary outputs.
2.14/1 SIPROTEC 5 ⋅ Devices Protection, Automation and Monitoring ⋅ Siemens SIPROTEC 5.01 - Edition 4
SIPROTEC 5 Devices and Fields of Application
Busbar Protection – SIPROTEC 7SS85
SIPROTEC 7SS85
The busbar protection SIPROTEC 7SS85 is a selective, safe and
fast protection against busbar short circuits in medium, high
and extra-high voltage systems with a large variety of busbar
configurations. Selection of the device basis functionalities
(significant properties) and the modular hardware structure
permit optimum adaptation of the SIPROTEC 7SS85 to a large
variety of system configurations and functional requirements up
to a comprehensive station protection.
Selection of the device basis functionalities (significant proper-
ties) and the modular hardware structure permit optimum adap-
tation of the SIPROTEC 7SS85 to a large variety of system config-
urations and functional requirements.
Benefits
• Safety by measuring methods proven and reliable for
25 years.
• Simple creation and adaptation of the configuration by the
user over the entire service life [SIP5_GD_SS_LED_LED_LED_W3, 1, --_--]
• Clearly structured by fully graphical engineering and online Figure 2.14/2 SIPROTEC 7SS85 – busbar protection
plant visualization with DIGSI 5
• Protection of up to 20 feeders with a single device • Three interacting methods of measurement allow minimum
tripping times after busbar faults and ensure maximum
Functions stability in case of large short-circuit currents
The table "Functions and templates" shows all functions that are • The integrated circuit-breaker failure protection recognizes
available in the SIPROTEC 7SS85. All functions can be configured circuit-breaker faults in the event of a busbar short circuit and
as required with DIGSI 5. Using some functions requires the provides a trip signal for the circuit breaker at the line end.
appropriate number of free function points to be available in the The adjacent busbar trips if a coupling circuit breaker fails
device. The function point calculator in the online configurator
provides support in determining the required number of func-
• There is extensive monitoring of current transformer circuits,
measured value acquisition and processing, and trip circuits.
tion points for your device. The necessary function points are
This prevents the protection from functioning too tightly or
also shown during project engineering with DIGSI 5.
too loosely, which reduces the effort for routine checks
Characteristic key values of SIPROTEC 7SS85
• Various control possibilities, such as bay out of order, acquisi-
• Phase-selective measurement and display tion blocking from disconnectors and circuit breakers,
blocking of protection zones or circuit-breaker failure protec-
• Selective tripping of faulty busbar sections tion, make the adaptation to operationally caused special 2.14
states of your system easier
• Disconnector-independent check zone as additional tripping
criterion • Optional 1/3-pole or 3-pole circuit-breaker failure protection
using the integrated disconnector image to trip all circuit
• Shortest tripping times (<7 ms) to ensure network stability breakers of the busbar section affected
and minimize damage to the system
• Highest stability in case of external faults, also in case of • Optional end-fault protection for the protection of the section
transformer saturation, through stabilization with flowing between circuit breaker and current transformer for feeders
currents and bus couplers
• Operate curve with freely adjustable characteristic curve • Direct tripping of protection zones through external signals
sections
• Release of the tripping of a protection zone through addi-
• Additional operate curve with increased sensitivity for low- tional external signals
current faults, for example in resistance-grounded power
systems
• Release of tripping through additional, external phase-selec-
tive signals
• Fast recognition of internal and external faults requires only • Optional overcurrent protection phase / ground per bay
2 ms of saturation-free time of the current transformer
• Using closed iron core or linearized current transformers in a • Optional voltage and frequency protection for up to two 3-
plant is possible phase voltage transformers. This may also be used for the
implementation of an integrated undervoltage release.
• Adaptation of different current transformer ratios per parame-
terization • Optional cross stabilization as additional tripping release in 3-
pole encapsulated gas-insulated switchgear.
• Straight-forward dimensioning of current transformers and Function library and application templates
stabilization factor
SIPROTEC 5 ⋅ Devices Protection, Automation and Monitoring ⋅ Catalog SIPROTEC 5.01 - Edition 4 2.14/2
SIPROTEC 5 Devices and Fields of Application
Busbar Protection – SIPROTEC 7SS85
2.14
2.14/3 SIPROTEC 5 ⋅ Devices Protection, Automation and Monitoring ⋅ Siemens SIPROTEC 5.01 - Edition 4
SIPROTEC 5 Devices and Fields of Application
Busbar Protection – SIPROTEC 7SS85
Significant features
Brief description 9 A B C C E
Only circuit-
Main protection function Busbar differential protection breaker failure
protection
Busbar sections 1 2 2 4 4 4
Disconnector Image No No Yes No Yes Yes
Measuring points, 3-phase 20 (15 with 20 (15 with 20 (15 with 20 (15 with 20 (15 with 20 (15 with
(maximum) CP200) CP200) CP200) CP200) CP200) CP200)
Bays (maximum) 26 (22 with 26 (22 with 26 (22 with 26 (22 with 26 (22 with 26 (22 with
CP200) CP200) CP200) CP200) CP200) CP200)
Bays (included in the basic scope) 3 4 4 6 6 6
Related standard variant V1 V2 V2 V3 V3 V3
Included measuring points, 3-phase 3 4 4 6 6 6
Using standardized SIPROTEC 5 hardware ensures flexible adap- Figure 2.14/3 Standard Characteristic Curve
tation to a large variety of busbar configurations and simple
expandability. 2.14
[dw_DwEmpKen, 1, en_US]
Disconnector image
With multiple busbars, disconnectors can be used to switch bays
to different busbar sections (protection zones). For a correct
assignment of the bay currents to the appropriate protection
SIPROTEC 5 ⋅ Devices Protection, Automation and Monitoring ⋅ Catalog SIPROTEC 5.01 - Edition 4 2.14/4
SIPROTEC 5 Devices and Fields of Application
Busbar Protection – SIPROTEC 7SS85
zones, the positions of the disconnectors are needed in busbar • Storage of the disconnector setting in the event of an auxil-
failure protection and in circuit-breaker failure protection. The iary-voltage failure
disconnector image that is integrated in the device performs the
dynamic administration of the switching states. In the event of a
• Convenient graphical project engineering with the DIGSI 5
operating program.
busbar fault, the necessary trip commands for the individual
circuit breakers are also generated via the disconnector image. • Dynamic graphical visualization of the switchgear with
DIGSI 5 in online mode.
This function is characterized by the following features:
Application templates
• Processing up to 26 bays and 4 busbar sections Project engineering of a double busbar
• Disconnector runtime and position monitoring The following Figure shows a typical structure of engineering
• Due to the program assignment "Disconnector NOT off = with DIGSI 5, the measuring points used, the function groups
Disconnector on", adjusted disconnector auxiliary contacts are used, and their interconnections.
not necessary.
2.14
[dw_Anwendbsp_Verbind-Feld-Koppl, 1, en_US]
2.14/5 SIPROTEC 5 ⋅ Devices Protection, Automation and Monitoring ⋅ Siemens SIPROTEC 5.01 - Edition 4
SIPROTEC 5 Devices and Fields of Application
Busbar Protection – SIPROTEC 7SS85
2.14
[dw_LS_SS_Anlagen_1-teil, 1, en_US]
Figure 2.14/7 Application example: Single busbar with 7 feeders and bus-section coupler
H connections
H connections can be looked at as two single busbars, each with
2 feeders on both sides of the coupling or disconnection.
Accordingly, the significant feature A (differential protection for
2 protection zones) is used. The SIPROTEC 7SS85 must be
configured for 5 bays.
[dw_H-Schaltung, 1, en_US]
SIPROTEC 5 ⋅ Devices Protection, Automation and Monitoring ⋅ Catalog SIPROTEC 5.01 - Edition 4 2.14/6
SIPROTEC 5 Devices and Fields of Application
Busbar Protection – SIPROTEC 7SS85
2.14
[dw_LS_SS_Anlagen_3-teil, 1, en_US]
[dw_Doppel_SS_Anlagen, 1, en_US]
Figure 2.14/10 Double busbar with bus coupler and bus-section disconnection
2.14/7 SIPROTEC 5 ⋅ Devices Protection, Automation and Monitoring ⋅ Siemens SIPROTEC 5.01 - Edition 4
SIPROTEC 5 Devices and Fields of Application
Busbar Protection – SIPROTEC 7SS85
Systems with transfer busbars or combined busbars the feeder. Mostly a transfer busbar of one´s own is available
for this operation state. If one of the main busbars, on the basis
Transfer busbars are provided in order to continue to operate
of the disconnector topology, can also be used as transfer
feeders in cases of circuit-breaker revision or defect. In this
busbar, this is called a combined busbar.
circuit-breaker substitution mode, the circuit breaker in the
affected coupler assumes the function of the circuit breaker of
[dw_LS_SS_Anlagen_2-teil, 1, en_US]
2.14
SIPROTEC 5 ⋅ Devices Protection, Automation and Monitoring ⋅ Catalog SIPROTEC 5.01 - Edition 4 2.14/8
SIPROTEC 5 Devices and Fields of Application
Busbar Protection – SIPROTEC 7SS85
Available
1
2.14/9 SIPROTEC 5 ⋅ Devices Protection, Automation and Monitoring ⋅ Siemens SIPROTEC 5.01 - Edition 4
SIPROTEC 5 Devices and Fields of Application
Busbar Protection – Standard variants
Standard variants
2.14
SIPROTEC 5 ⋅ Devices Protection, Automation and Monitoring ⋅ Catalog SIPROTEC 5.01 - Edition 4 2.14/10
SIPROTEC 5 Devices and Fields of Application
Busbar Protection – Standard variants
2.14
2.14/11 SIPROTEC 5 ⋅ Devices Protection, Automation and Monitoring ⋅ Siemens SIPROTEC 5.01 - Edition 4
www.siemens.com/siprotec
Bay Controllers
SIPROTEC 5 Devices and Fields of Application
Bay Controllers – SIPROTEC 6MD85, 6MD86
[dw_6md_anwendung, 2, en_US]
SIPROTEC 6MD85, 6MD86 The SIPROTEC 6MD86 devices are designed for applications in
the power transmission system. They can be used with a
SIPROTEC 5 bay controllers control and monitor plants of all
maximum variety of auxiliary functions. Both device types can
voltage levels. The large number of automatic functions permits
be flexibly configured in your hardware implementation.
the device to be used in all fields of energy supply.
The devices contain all important auxiliary functions that are Type 6MD85 6MD86
necessary for safe grid operation today. This includes functions
Circuit-breaker failure protection - Optional
for protection, control, measurement and monitoring. The large
Automatic reclosing - Optional
number of communication interfaces and communication proto-
Switching Sequences Optional ■
2.15 cols satisfies the requirements of communication-based selec-
tive protection and of automated operation. CFC arithmetic Optional ■
Measured-value Processing Optional ■
Commissioning and maintenance work can be completed safely,
Number of switching devices Optional ■
quickly and thus cost-effectively with high-performance test
greater than 4
functions. Because of a modular structure design, the
Synchrocheck Optional ■
SIPROTEC 5 bay controllers can always be flexibly adapted to
specific requirements.
Table 2.15/1 Essential differentiating characteristics
Overview of the SIPROTEC 6MD85 and 6MD86 devices
The SIPROTEC 5 bay controllers are based on the flexible and Common points:
powerful SIPROTEC 5 modular system. When ordering, you can
select from among various standard variants. Expandability
• Configuration of a large number of protection functions
through supplemental modules allows for individual adaptation • Modular expansion of the quantity structure
to specific applications.
• Optionally usable as phasor measurement unit (PMU)
Sets of devices
The bay controllers are differentiated into SIPROTEC 6MD85 and
• Powerful automation with CFC.
SIPROTEC 6MD86 product groups.
Although the SIPROTEC 6MD85 devices are tailored for applica-
tions in distribution systems, they can also be used in high-
voltage and extra-high voltage applications.
2.15/1 SIPROTEC 5 ⋅ Devices Protection, Automation and Monitoring ⋅ Siemens SIPROTEC 5.01 - Edition 4
SIPROTEC 5 Devices and Fields of Application
Bay Controllers – SIPROTEC 6MD85
Description
The SIPROTEC 6MD85 bay controller is a general-purpose control
and automation device with protection function. It has been
designed for utilization on all voltage levels, from distribution to
transmission. As a part of the SIPROTEC 5 family, it allows the
use of a large number of protection functions from the
SIPROTEC library. The modular hardware permits action-related
IOs to be integrated. Adapt the hardware exactly to your
requirements and rely on future-oriented system solutions with
high investment security and low operating costs.
Hardware flexibility Flexibly adjustable and expandable I/O quantity Figure 2.15/2 SIPROTEC 6MD85 bay controller (1/3 device with
structure within the scope of the SIPROTEC 5 1/6 expansion module with key switch operation panel)
modular system. For great requirements placed
on the quantity structure, the device can be
extended in the second row. For example, this • Secure serial protection data communication, also over great
permits an additional 240 binary inputs (and distances and all available physical media (fiber-optic cable, 2-
more) to be used with the IO230 (see chapter wire connections and communication networks)
"Hardware")
• Capturing operational measured variables and protection
Housing width 1/3 × 19" to 2/1 × 19" function measured values to evaluate the plant state, to
support commissioning, and to analyze faults
Functions
• Synchrophasor measured values integrated with IEEE C37.118
DIGSI 5 permits all functions to be configured and combined as protocol (PMU)
required.
• Powerful fault recording (buffer for a max. record time of 80 s
• Integrated bay controller with versatile protection function at 8 kHz or 320 s at 2 kHz)
from medium to extra-high voltage • Auxiliary functions for simple tests and commissioning
• Control of switching devices • Flexibly adjustable I/O quantity structure within the scope of
• Synchrocheck and switchgear interlocking protection the SIPROTEC 5 modular system
Applications
• Integrated electrical Ethernet RJ45 for DIGSI 5 and IEC 61850
(reporting and GOOSE) The SIPROTEC 6MD85 bay controller is a general-purpose control
2.15
and automation device with protection function on the basis of
• Up to 4 pluggable communication modules, usable for
different and redundant protocols (IEC 61850, the SIPROTEC 5 system. The standard variants of the SIPROTEC
IEC 60870-5-103, IEC 60870-5-104, DNP3 (serial and TCP), 6MD85 are delivered with instrument transformers. Further-
Modbus TCP) more, protection-class current transformers are also possible in
SIPROTEC 6MD85 so that protection functions can be used. Due
• Redundancy protocols PRP and HSR to its high flexibility, it is suitable as selective protection equip-
• Arc protection ment for overhead lines and cables with single-ended and multi-
ended infeed with two ends when protection communication is
• Cyber security in accordance with NERC CIP and BDWE White- used. The device supports all SIPROTEC 5 system properties. It
paper requirements enables future-oriented system solutions with high investment
• Graphical logic editor to create powerful automation func- security and low operating costs.
tions in the device Application example
• Optional overcurrent protection for all voltage levels with 3- Application templates are available in DIGSI for standard applica-
pole tripping tions. They comprise all basic configurations and default
• Also used in switchgear with breaker-and-a-half configuration settings.
• Selective protection of overhead lines and cables with single- The following application templates are available:
ended and multi-ended feeders using protection communica-
tion
• Overcurrent protection also configurable as emergency func-
tion
SIPROTEC 5 ⋅ Devices Protection, Automation and Monitoring ⋅ Catalog SIPROTEC 5.01 - Edition 4 2.15/2
SIPROTEC 5 Devices and Fields of Application
Bay Controllers – SIPROTEC 6MD85
SIPROTEC 6MD85 standard contains the synchrocheck. The disconnectors are also
controlled by one function group each. Operational measured
• Double-busbar feeder with switchgear interlocking. values and energy measured values are calculated in the func-
SIPROTEC 6MD85 extended control tion group VI_3-phase, and are available for output on the
display, transmission to the station automation system and
• Additionally to 6MD85 standard, this includes the CFC blocks processing in the CFC. A switching sequence stored in the CFC
for switching sequences and arithmetic
which is triggered via a function key causes an automatic busbar
• Switching sequence for automatic busbar transfer preconfig- transfer.
ured (started by function key).
Application example with switching sequence
Figure 2.15/3 shows a simple application example with a
6MD85 on a double busbar. The circuit-breaker function group
2.15
[dw_6MD8-Bsp-Application-1, 1, en_US]
Figure 2.15/3 Application example: Bay controller 6MD85 for double busbar with switching sequence for busbar transfer
2.15/3 SIPROTEC 5 ⋅ Devices Protection, Automation and Monitoring ⋅ Siemens SIPROTEC 5.01 - Edition 4
SIPROTEC 5 Devices and Fields of Application
Bay Controllers – SIPROTEC 6MD85
Available
1 2 3
SIPROTEC 5 ⋅ Devices Protection, Automation and Monitoring ⋅ Catalog SIPROTEC 5.01 - Edition 4 2.15/4
SIPROTEC 5 Devices and Fields of Application
Bay Controllers – SIPROTEC 6MD86
Description
The SIPROTEC 6MD86 bay controller is a universal control and
automation device with a protection function. It is designed for
use in all voltage levels from distribution to transmission. As a
part of the SIPROTEC 5 family, it allows the use of a large
number of protection functions from the SIPROTEC library.
Adapt the hardware and the IO quantity structure exactly to
your requirements and enable future-oriented system solutions
with high investment security and low operating costs.
structure within the scope of the SIPROTEC 5 Figure 2.15/4 SIPROTEC 6MD86 (1/3 device with 1/6 expansion module
modular system. For great requirements placed with key switch operation panel)
on the quantity structure, the device can be
extended in the second row. For example,
240 (and more) binary inputs are possible with • Capturing operational measured variables and protection
the IO230 (see Section Hardware). function measured values to evaluate the plant state, to
Housing width 1/3 × 19" to 2/1 × 19" support commissioning, and to analyze faults
• Synchrophasor measured values with IEEE C37.118 protocol
Functions integrated (PMU)
DIGSI 5 permits all functions to be configured and combined as • Powerful fault recording (buffer for a max. record time of 80 s
required. at 8 kHz or 320 s at 2 kHz)
• Integrated bay controller with versatile protection function • Auxiliary functions for simple tests and commissioning
from medium to extra-high voltage
• Flexibly adjustable I/O quantity structure within the scope of
• Control of switching devices the SIPROTEC 5 modular system
• Optional overcurrent protection with 3-pole tripping • Double busbar feeder with switchgear interlocking protection
• Also used in switchgear with breaker-and-a-half configuration • Synchrocheck for circuit breaker
• Overcurrent protection also configurable as emergency func- • Switching sequence for automatic busbar switchover precon-
tion figured (triggered by function key)
• Secure serial protection data communication, also over great
distances and all available physical media (fiber-optic cable, 2-
wire connections and communication networks)
2.15/5 SIPROTEC 5 ⋅ Devices Protection, Automation and Monitoring ⋅ Siemens SIPROTEC 5.01 - Edition 4
SIPROTEC 5 Devices and Fields of Application
Bay Controllers – SIPROTEC 6MD86
2.15
[dw_6MD8-Bsp-Application-2, 1, en_US]
Figure 2.15/5 Application example: Bay controller 6MD86 for double busbar with protection functions
SIPROTEC 5 ⋅ Devices Protection, Automation and Monitoring ⋅ Catalog SIPROTEC 5.01 - Edition 4 2.15/6
SIPROTEC 5 Devices and Fields of Application
Bay Controllers – SIPROTEC 6MD86
2.15
2.15/7 SIPROTEC 5 ⋅ Devices Protection, Automation and Monitoring ⋅ Siemens SIPROTEC 5.01 - Edition 4
SIPROTEC 5 Devices and Fields of Application
Bay Controllers – SIPROTEC 6MD86
2.15
[dw_1-5_CB-Feldleit-, 1, en_US]
Figure 2.15/7 Application example: Breaker-and-a-half layout with one bay controller and two line protection devices (overview)
Figure 2.15/8 shows the principle of dynamic changeover of bilities each for both voltages, depending on the position of the
measured voltage values for the synchrocheck functions of the disconnectors and the circuit-breakers. For the two exterior
three circuit-breakers in the bay controller SIPROTEC 6MD86. circuit-breakers QA1 and QA3, there is only one possibility for
Every synchrocheck function (ANSI number 25) requires the two one voltage (that is, the adjacent busbar), whereas the other
voltages Vsync1 and Vsync2 (feeder voltage and reference voltage is connected with one of three possibilities (also
voltage). For the central circuit-breaker QA2 there are two possi- depending on the position of the switching device).
SIPROTEC 5 ⋅ Devices Protection, Automation and Monitoring ⋅ Catalog SIPROTEC 5.01 - Edition 4 2.15/8
SIPROTEC 5 Devices and Fields of Application
Bay Controllers – SIPROTEC 6MD86
2.15
[dw_6MD8-Bsp-Application-3, 1, en_US]
Figure 2.15/8 Application example: Breaker-and-a-half layout with one bay controller and two line protection devices (detail for bay controller)
2.15/9 SIPROTEC 5 ⋅ Devices Protection, Automation and Monitoring ⋅ Siemens SIPROTEC 5.01 - Edition 4
SIPROTEC 5 Devices and Fields of Application
Bay Controllers – SIPROTEC 6MD86
[Spannungskanäle, 1, en_US]
Figure 2.15/9 Mapping of the possible voltage channels to the three circuit-breaker function groups
Figure 2.15/9 shows the mapping in the editor “Function Group The ID number of the measured values is used to select the pres-
Connections”. All voltages that are possible as feeder or refer- ently applied operational voltages in a CFC (Figure 2.15/10).
ence voltage for the synchrocheck are assigned to the inputs
Vsync1 or Vsync2.
2.15
[CFC, 1, en_US]
SIPROTEC 5 ⋅ Devices Protection, Automation and Monitoring ⋅ Catalog SIPROTEC 5.01 - Edition 4 2.15/10
SIPROTEC 5 Devices and Fields of Application
Bay Controllers – SIPROTEC 6MD86
Phasor Measurement Unit When selecting the option “Phasor Measurement Unit”, the
devices determine current and voltage phasors, provide them
PMUs measure current and voltage by amount and phase at
with highly accurate time stamps and transmit them for analysis
selected stations of the transmission system. The high-precision
together with other measured values (frequency, speed of
time synchronization (via GPS) allows comparing measured
frequency change) using the IEEE C37.118 communication
values from different substations far apart and drawing conclu-
protocol, see Figure 2.15/12. Using synchrophasors and a suit-
sions as to the system state and dynamic events such as power
swing conditions. able analysis program (for example SIGUARD PDP) it is possible
to automatically detect power swings and trigger alarms, which
are sent to the control center, for example.
2.15
2.15/11 SIPROTEC 5 ⋅ Devices Protection, Automation and Monitoring ⋅ Siemens SIPROTEC 5.01 - Edition 4
SIPROTEC 5 Devices and Fields of Application
Bay Controllers – SIPROTEC 6MD86
[dw_struct_WAM, 1, en_US]
Figure 2.15/12 Connection of 3 Phasor Mesurement Units with two Phasor Data Concentrators (PDCs) SIGUARD PDP
When using the PMU function, a function group “FG PMU” is protocol. There, the data can be received, stored and processed
created in the device. This function group calculates the phasors by one or more clients. Up to three client IP addresses can be
and analog values, conducts the time stamping and sends the assigned in the device.
data to the selected Ethernet interface using the IEEE C37.118
2.15
SIPROTEC 5 ⋅ Devices Protection, Automation and Monitoring ⋅ Catalog SIPROTEC 5.01 - Edition 4 2.15/12
SIPROTEC 5 Devices and Fields of Application
Bay Controllers – SIPROTEC 6MD86
[dw_6MD8-Bsp-Application-4, 1, en_US]
Figure 2.15/13 Application example: Double busbar with 6MD86, used as bay controller and Phasor Measurement Unit (PMU)
2.15
2.15/13 SIPROTEC 5 ⋅ Devices Protection, Automation and Monitoring ⋅ Siemens SIPROTEC 5.01 - Edition 4
SIPROTEC 5 Devices and Fields of Application
Bay Controllers – SIPROTEC 6MD86
Available
1 2 3 4
SIPROTEC 5 ⋅ Devices Protection, Automation and Monitoring ⋅ Catalog SIPROTEC 5.01 - Edition 4 2.15/14
SIPROTEC 5 Devices and Fields of Application
Bay Controllers – SIPROTEC 6MD86
1 Not Configured
2 1.5 CB type1
3 Standard Double Busbar
4 1.5 CB type2
2.15
2.15/15 SIPROTEC 5 ⋅ Devices Protection, Automation and Monitoring ⋅ Siemens SIPROTEC 5.01 - Edition 4
SIPROTEC 5 Devices and Fields of Application
Bay Controllers – Standard variants
Standard variants
SIPROTEC 5 ⋅ Devices Protection, Automation and Monitoring ⋅ Catalog SIPROTEC 5.01 - Edition 4 2.15/16
SIPROTEC 5 Devices and Fields of Application
Bay Controllers – Standard variants
2.15/17 SIPROTEC 5 ⋅ Devices Protection, Automation and Monitoring ⋅ Siemens SIPROTEC 5.01 - Edition 4
SIPROTEC 5 Devices and Fields of Application
Bay Controllers – Standard variants
2.15
SIPROTEC 5 ⋅ Devices Protection, Automation and Monitoring ⋅ Catalog SIPROTEC 5.01 - Edition 4 2.15/18
SIPROTEC 5 Devices and Fields of Application
Bay Controllers – Standard variants
2.15
2.15/19 SIPROTEC 5 ⋅ Devices Protection, Automation and Monitoring ⋅ Siemens SIPROTEC 5.01 - Edition 4
www.siemens.com/siprotec
Fault Recorder
SIPROTEC 5 Devices and Fields of Application
Fault Recorder – SIPROTEC 7KE85
[dw_7KE85_anwendung, 1, en_US]
2.16/1 SIPROTEC 5 ⋅ Devices Protection, Automation and Monitoring ⋅ Siemens SIPROTEC 5.01 - Edition 4
SIPROTEC 5 Devices and Fields of Application
Fault Recorder – SIPROTEC 7KE85
Description
Powerful fault recorders with integrated measurement of
synchrophasors (PMU) according to IEEE C37.118 and power
quality measurement according to IEC 61000-4-30. Due to the
great flexibility of trigger functions, the SIPROTEC 7KE85 is
ideally suited for monitoring the entire energy value added
chain, from generation to distribution. The powerful automation
and flexible configuration with DIGSI 5 complements the range
of functions.
[SIP5_GD_SS_LED_LED_LED_W3, 1, --_--]
Benefits
Figure 2.16/2 Fault recorder SIPROTEC 7KE85 (1/3 device with expan-
• Clearly organized documentation and focused analysis of sion modules)
power system processes and failures
• Data security and transparency over the entire lifecycle of the • Lossless data compression
plant save time and money
• Purposeful and simple operation of the devices and software • Time synchronization via Precision Time Protocol (PTP)
IEEE 1588 protocol, IRIG-B, DCF77, and SNTP
thanks to user-friendly design
• Increased reliability and quality of the engineering process • Routing of the measured values to the individual recorders as
desired
• Powerful communication components ensure secure and • Combination of the measuring groups for the power calcula-
effective solutions tion as desired
• Full compatibility between IEC 61850 Editions 1 and 2 • Quality attributes for representing the instantaneous signal
quality in the time signal view
• Highly available Ethernet communication due to integrated
Ethernet redundancy protocols PRP and HSR • Trigger functions of a function block are fundamental compo-
nent value, RMS value, zero-sequence, positive-sequence,
Functions
negative-sequence system power, frequency power, Σ active
DIGSI 5 permits all functions to be configured and combined as power, Σ reactive power and Σ apparent power
required.
• Level trigger and gradient trigger for every trigger function
• Up to 40 analog channels
• Flexible cross trigger and system trigger, manual trigger
• Fast-Scan Recorder 2.16
• Creation of independent trigger functions with the graphic
• Up to 2 slow-scan recorders automation editor CFC (continuous function chart)
• Up to 5 continuous recorders and 2 trend recorders • Trigger functions via a combination of single-point, double-
point indications, analog values, binary signals, Boolean
• Power Quality recordings according to IEC 61000-4-30 signals and GOOSE messages
(harmonics, THD, TDD - in preparation)
• Consistent monitoring concept
• Sequence-of-events recorder for continuous recording of
binary status changes and IEC 61850 GOOSE messages • Auxiliary functions for simple tests and commissioning
• Usable as Phasor Measurement Unit (PMU) according to • Special test mode for commissioning
IEEE C37.118 protocol
• Transmission of the records and triggering via IEC 61850 • Integrated electrical Ethernet RJ45 for DIGSI 5 and IEC 61850
(reporting and GOOSE)
GOOSE messages
• Variable sampling frequencies parameterizable between 1 kHz • Redundancy protocols PRP and HSR
and 16 kHz • Cyber security in accordance with NERC CIP and BDWE White-
paper requirements
• Distribution of the mass storage of 16 GB to the various
recorders by the user as desired
• Intelligent monitoring routines of the storage medium ensure
a high level of availability and integrity for archived data
SIPROTEC 5 ⋅ Devices Protection, Automation and Monitoring ⋅ Catalog SIPROTEC 5.01 - Edition 4 2.16/2
SIPROTEC 5 Devices and Fields of Application
Fault Recorder – SIPROTEC 7KE85
2.16
[dw_7KE85_Applicationsbsp-1, 2, en_US]
Figure 2.16/3 Application example: Fault Recorder SIPROTEC 7KE85 for monitoring a feeder
Fault recorder for monitoring feeders feeders. In these examples, the various triggers are provided via
function group “FG VI_3-phase” and are available to the function
Figure 2.16/3 and Figure 2.16/4 show simple application exam-
group “FG Recorder” and, thus, to the event-triggered recorders.
ples with a SIPROTEC 7KE85, which is connected for monitoring
In parallel, individually generated trigger functions (combination
2.16/3 SIPROTEC 5 ⋅ Devices Protection, Automation and Monitoring ⋅ Siemens SIPROTEC 5.01 - Edition 4
SIPROTEC 5 Devices and Fields of Application
Fault Recorder – SIPROTEC 7KE85
[dw_7KE85_Applicationsbsp-2, 2, en_US]
2.16
Figure 2.16/4 Application example: Fault Recorder SIPROTEC 7KE85 for monitoring two feeders
SIPROTEC 5 ⋅ Devices Protection, Automation and Monitoring ⋅ Catalog SIPROTEC 5.01 - Edition 4 2.16/4
SIPROTEC 5 Devices and Fields of Application
Fault Recorder – SIPROTEC 7KE85
[dw_7KE85_Applicationsbsp-PMU, 2, en_US]
Figure 2.16/5 Application example: Double busbar with SIPROTEC 7KE85 used as a Fault Recorder and Phasor Measurement Unit (PMU)
2.16/5 SIPROTEC 5 ⋅ Devices Protection, Automation and Monitoring ⋅ Siemens SIPROTEC 5.01 - Edition 4
SIPROTEC 5 Devices and Fields of Application
Fault Recorder – SIPROTEC 7KE85
2.16
[dw_struct_WAM, 1, en_US]
Figure 2.16/7 Connection of 3 Phasor Mesurement Units with two Phasor Data Concentrators (PDCs) SIGUARD PDP
When using the PMU function, a function group “FG PMU” is protocol. There, the data can be received, stored and processed
created in the device. This function group calculates the phasors by one or more clients. Up to three client IP addresses can be
and analog values, conducts the time stamping and sends the assigned in the device.
data to the selected Ethernet interface using the IEEE C37.118
SIPROTEC 5 ⋅ Devices Protection, Automation and Monitoring ⋅ Catalog SIPROTEC 5.01 - Edition 4 2.16/6
SIPROTEC 5 Devices and Fields of Application
Fault Recorder – SIPROTEC 7KE85
[dw_7KE85_Applicationsbsp-PMU, 2, en_US]
Figure 2.16/8 Application example: Double busbar with SIPROTEC 7KE85 used as a fault recorder and Phasor Measurement Unit (PMU)
2.16
2.16/7 SIPROTEC 5 ⋅ Devices Protection, Automation and Monitoring ⋅ Siemens SIPROTEC 5.01 - Edition 4
SIPROTEC 5 Devices and Fields of Application
Fault Recorder – SIPROTEC 7KE85
Sampling/resolution
Common data class
Posting time
SMV/MV 3s 90 s 1 kHz to 16 kHz -
Fast-Scan recorder
SPS 3s 90 s 1 ms -
MV 90 s 5400 s MVs every 10 1 - 3000 cycles
Slow-Scan recorder ms
SPS 90 s 5400 s 1 ms -
Continuous recorder MV - - MVs every 10 1 s - 900 s
ms
SMV = Sample Measured Values / SPS = Single Point Status / MV = Measured Values
SIPROTEC 5 ⋅ Devices Protection, Automation and Monitoring ⋅ Catalog SIPROTEC 5.01 - Edition 4 2.16/8
SIPROTEC 5 Devices and Fields of Application
Fault Recorder – SIPROTEC 7KE85
2.16
2.16/9 SIPROTEC 5 ⋅ Devices Protection, Automation and Monitoring ⋅ Siemens SIPROTEC 5.01 - Edition 4
SIPROTEC 5 Devices and Fields of Application
Fault Recorder – SIPROTEC 7KE85
Available
1 2 3 4
2.16
SIPROTEC 5 ⋅ Devices Protection, Automation and Monitoring ⋅ Catalog SIPROTEC 5.01 - Edition 4 2.16/10
SIPROTEC 5 Devices and Fields of Application
Fault Recorder – Standard variants
Standard variants
2.16/11 SIPROTEC 5 ⋅ Devices Protection, Automation and Monitoring ⋅ Siemens SIPROTEC 5.01 - Edition 4
www.siemens.com/siprotec
SIPROTEC 5 System
SIPROTEC 5 System
Chapter
Protection 3.2
Control 3.3
Automation 3.4
Monitoring 3.5
Communication 3.7
Test 3.9
Engineering 3.10
Hardware 3.11
3/1 SIPROTEC 5 ⋅ Devices Protection, Automation and Monitoring ⋅ Siemens SIPROTEC 5.01 - Edition 4
SIPROTEC 5 System
Functional Integration
3.1
SIPROTEC 5 ⋅ Devices Protection, Automation and Monitoring ⋅ Catalog SIPROTEC 5.01 - Edition 4 3.1/1
SIPROTEC 5 System
Functional Integration – Instrument and protection-class current transformers
[dw_two-winding-temp_02, 1, en_US]
Faster results with application templates (FGs) correspond to the primary components (protected object,
transformer side 1, transformer side 2, neutral point, trans-
A common function library makes available all protection, auto-
former; circuit-breaker switching devices) thereby simplifying
3.1 mation, monitoring and auxiliary functions for the SIPROTEC 5
the direct reference to the actual system. For example, if your
devices. The same functions are truly the same for all devices.
switchgear includes 2 circuit breakers, this is also represented by
Once established, configurations can be transferred from device
2 “Circuit breaker" function groups
to device. This results in substantially reduced engineering
effort. Instrument and protection-class current transformers
Predefined application templates are available in DIGSI 5 for The flexibility of the SIPROTEC 5 family enables even greater
every device type. These already contain basic configurations, functional integration and parallel processing of an extremely
required functions and default settings. In addition, you can wide range of functions. The modular hardware enables an
save a device as a master template in a user-defined library and application-specific device configuration. If you also want to use
use it again as such for your typical applications. This saves time the Synchrophasor measurement (phasor measurement) func-
and money. The capability of saving user-defined application tion, that is, the high-precision acquisition of current and
templates is in preparation. voltage phasors and the variables derived from them such as
power and frequency, this function can be assigned to the
Figure 3.1/2 shows an example of a transformer in a system
measuring input. Another possible application is monitoring
configuration in which the functions in the application template
power quality characteristics.
are combined into function groups (FGs). The function groups
3.1/2 SIPROTEC 5 ⋅ Devices Protection, Automation and Monitoring ⋅ Siemens SIPROTEC 5.01 - Edition 4
SIPROTEC 5 System
Functional Integration – Instrument and protection-class current transformers
[dw_Anschl_Feldgeraete, 1, en_US]
SIPROTEC 5 ⋅ Devices Protection, Automation and Monitoring ⋅ Catalog SIPROTEC 5.01 - Edition 4 3.1/3
SIPROTEC 5 System
Protection – The distance-protection function (ANSI 21, 21N) – classical method
Protection voltages and the use of a voltage memory make optimal direc-
tion determination possible.
Quadrilateral zone characteristics
The quadrilateral operate curve permits separate setting of the
reactance X and the resistance R. The resistance portion R can
be set separately for errors with or without ground involvement.
This characteristic is therefore best suited for detecting high-
impedance errors. Applications with ground-fault-dependent
reactance radius per zone can be covered as well by simply
using additional distance zones. Each distance zone can be set
separately to operate for ground faults only, for phase faults
only or for all fault types.
The distance zones can be set forward, backward or non-direc-
tional (Figure 3.2/2).
[dw_schutz, 2, en_US]
3.2/1 SIPROTEC 5 ⋅ Devices Protection, Automation and Monitoring ⋅ Siemens SIPROTEC 5.01 - Edition 4
SIPROTEC 5 System
Protection – Distance protection with reactance method (RMD) (ANSI 21, 21N)
• Voltage-dependent and phase-angle-dependent overcurrent with reactance method (RMD) function reduces the unfavorable
pickup V/I j influence of high fault resistances at high loads.
• Impedance pickup Z< Load compensation is a part of the principle
Absolute phase selectivity If the electrical power system shows inhomogeneities, for
example, different impedance angles of the infeeds, this can
The distance-protection function incorporates a well-proven, also affect the radius of the distance protection. The reactance
highly sophisticated phase selection algorithm. The pickup of method compensates this influence via adjustable compensa-
healthy phases due to the negative effect of the short-circuit tion angles.
currents and voltages in other phases is reliably eliminated. This
phase selection algorithm makes appropriate tripping decisions
and ensures correct distance measurement in a wide field of
application.
SIPROTEC 5 ⋅ Devices Protection, Automation and Monitoring ⋅ Catalog SIPROTEC 5.01 - Edition 4 3.2/2
SIPROTEC 5 System
Protection – Impedance protection for transformers (ANSI 21T)
The distance protection function with reactance method (RMD): Arrangements for breaker-and-a-half layout
• Works in power systems with a grounded neutral point The function RMD is just as suitable as the classical distance-
protection function for breaker-and-a-half layouts.
• Is a selective short-circuit protection for lines and cables
supplied from one or more ends in radial, looped, or meshed Parallel-line compensation
systems, Influences on the distance measurements as a result of parallel
• Is used as a backup protection for busbars, transformers, and lines can compensate for the RMD function by detection of the
other lines parallel line ground current.
The distance-protection function with reactance method (RMD) Digital filters make the RMD function insensitive to disturbance
can, as an alternative or additionally, be used for the distance- variables in the measured values. In particular, the influence of
protection function with the classical method. DC components, capacitive voltage transformers and frequency
changes is considerably reduced. A special method of measure-
Quadrilateral zone characteristics ment is employed in order to assure selectivity of protection
The quadrilateral operate curve permits separate setting for the during current-transformer saturation.
reactance X and the fault resistance RF. Each distance zone can Measuring-voltage failure detection
be configured separately to operate for ground faults only, for
phase faults only or for all fault types. All distance zones can be Tripping the distance protection is blocked automatically in the
set forward, backward or non-directional. event of a measuring voltage outage, thus preventing unwanted
tripping. The RMD function is blocked if one of the voltage
The RMD function calculates up to 7 impedance loops A-gnd, B- monitoring functions or the auxiliary contact of the voltage-
gnd, C-gnd, A-B, B-C, C-A, and A-B-C. The pickup method is the transformer circuit breaker picks up and the EMERGENCY defi-
impedance pickup Z<. The evaluation of healthy voltages, the nite time-overcurrent protection can be activated.
use of a voltage memory and the evaluation of delta values and
symmetric components make optimal direction determination Impedance protection for transformers (ANSI 21T)
possible. SIPROTEC 5 offers a 6-system impedance protection with up to
MHO zone characteristics 4 impedance zones, especially for the use as backup protection
on power transformers.
With the MHO characteristics, the MHO circle expansion guaran-
tees safe and selective protection behavior. The circle expands The function
to the source impedance but never more than the selected • protects transformers as backup protection for transformer
impedance radius. As an alternative to the quadrilateral zone differential protection
characteristics, the RMD function for phase errors with MHO
zone characteristics can be used if there are requirements for
• is used as backup protection for the generator transformer
and the generator in power plant units.
the compatibility with existing distance-protection systems.
Selectable number of distance zones
• functions as backup protection in the event of reverse power
flow to faults in the upstream electrical power system beyond
The number of distance zones can be freely adapted according one transformer
to the application requirements. Depending on the application, the loop selection can be
Load zone controlled. In active grounded power systems, all 6 measuring
loops work independently of each other. The general release is
In order to guarantee reliable discrimination between load oper-
performed via the minimum current criterion. In non-active
ation and short circuit – especially on long lines under large
grounded power systems (for example, generator protection),
loads – an adjustable load range is used. Impedances within this
the measuring loop selection is controlled by an overcurrent
load range do not result in unwanted tripping in the distance
pickup with undervoltage stability.
zones.
By using the frequency-tracking sampled values, the impedance
Absolute phase selectivity
is measured over a broad frequency range. This is advantageous
3.2 The distance-protection function with reactance method (RMD) for island networks or power plant units, for example, for
includes a highly sophisticated algorithm for the adaptive loop startup operations.
selection. Different loop-selection criteria are processed in
Quadrilateral zone characteristics
parallel. The loop-selection criteria work with jump detection,
delta value detection, symmetric components and current, The quadrilateral operate curve permits separate setting of the
voltage and impedance comparison methods. The pickup of reactance X and the resistance R for phase-to-ground and phase-
healthy phases due to the negative influence of short-circuit to-phase loops. The quadrilateral characteristic is a rectangle in
currents and voltages in other phases is thus reliably eliminated. the impedance plane. Within the function, a maximum of 4
This adaptive loop-selection algorithm makes appropriate trip- impedance zones can be operated simultaneously They can be
ping decisions and ensures correct distance measurement in a set forward, backward or non-directional. Each impedance zone
wide field of application. has its own timer.
3.2/3 SIPROTEC 5 ⋅ Devices Protection, Automation and Monitoring ⋅ Siemens SIPROTEC 5.01 - Edition 4
SIPROTEC 5 System
Protection – Overexcitation protection (ANSI 24)
Direction determination conditions of the network always with the right synchronization
parameters.
The direction is determined with saved prefault voltages or with
negative-sequence system variables. Adjusting commands for the automatically synchronization
(ANSI 25)*
Measuring-voltage failure detection
The synchronization function ensures a synchronous switching
Tripping the impedance protection is blocked automatically in
of the generator circuit breaker. Automatic synchronization is
the event of a measuring voltage outage, thus preventing
possible via the output of the adjusting commands to the speed
unwanted tripping. Impedance protection is blocked if one of
or voltage controller. If the synchronization conditions are not
the voltage monitoring functions or the auxiliary contact of the
met, the function automatically outputs adjusting signals.
voltage-transformer circuit breaker picks up and the EMER-
Depending on the operating state, these are commands (step
GENCY protection can be activated (definite time-overcurrent
up/down) to voltage or speed controllers (frequency control-
protection).
lers). The adjusting signals are proportional to the voltage or
Overexcitation protection (ANSI 24) frequency difference. This means that with a greater voltage or
Overexcitation protection is used to detect impermissibly high frequency difference, longer adjusting commands are issued.
induction in generators and transformers. This function protects The gradient is adjustable. Between the adjusting commands,
these equipment from excessive thermal loads. there is a wait during a set dead time to settle the status
change. A quick adaptation of the generator voltage or
The induction is detected indirectly by evaluation of the V/f
frequency to the target conditions is achieved with this method.
ratio. An overvoltage results in excessive exciting currents and
If frequency equality is established during the synchronization
underfrequency results in higher magnetic reversal losses.
of generators with the power system (stationary synchro-
There is a risk of overexcitation on disconnection from the phasor), then a kick pulse ensures a status change.
power system if the voltage or frequency control in the rest of
If a voltage adaptation via the transformer tap position changer
the system does not respond quickly enough or the power
is desired, a defined adjusting pulse is output.
unbalance is too great.
Monitoring of the induction (V/f value) ensures that, when the
Within the function, no more than one stage with an inverse-
adjusting commands are output (for example, “increase”
time, user-defined characteristic and two definite-time stages
voltage, “reduce speed”), the continuously permissible limiting
can be operated at the same time.
value of V/f = 1.1 is not exceeded.
Synchrocheck, synchronizing function (ANSI 25)
*In preparation
When two partial networks are closed with a control command
Undervoltage protection (ANSI 27)
or 3-pole auto-reclosure of the circuit breaker, it must be
ensured that the networks are synchronous with each other. For The undervoltage protection monitors the permissible voltage
this purpose, synchronization functionalities are provided. range or protects equipment (plant parts and electrical
machines) against consequential damage from undervoltage. It
The synchronization function can be used for synchronous
can be used in the network for decoupling or load shedding
networks (electrically connected, no frequency difference) and
tasks.
asynchronous networks (electrically separated, frequency differ-
ence exists). Various undervoltage protection functions are available. By
default, two stages are preconfi gured. Up to three identical
It has three modes:
stages are possible.
• Synchrocheck (monitoring of voltage, frequency, and phase- The following functions are available:
angle difference)
Undervoltage protection with 3-phase voltage
• Synchrocheck (monitoring of voltage, frequency, and phase-
angle difference) • Optionally, measurement of phase-to-phase voltages or RMS
value phase-to-ground voltages
• Switching of asynchronous networks (voltage and frequency
difference, connection at the point of synchronization, taking • Measuring methods: optionally, measurement of the funda-
the make-time of the circuit breaker into account). mental component or of the effective value (True RMS).
By evaluating the frequency difference, the function automati- Undervoltage protection with positive-sequence voltage 3.2
cally switches between the modes for synchronous and asyn-
chronous networks. The synchrocheck function can be used for • 2-pole short circuits or ground faults lead to an unbalanced
voltage collapse. In comparison with phase-related measuring
pure monitoring without switching.
systems, these events influence the positive-sequence voltage
The relevant variables used for synchronization are sensed via minimally. This makes this function particularly suitable for
voltage transformers (positioned to the left and right of the the assessment of stability problems.
circuit breaker). Depending on the available number of voltage
transformer inputs, one or two synchronizing locations (circuit
• Method of measurement: calculation of positive-sequence
voltage from the measured phase-to-ground voltages.
breakers) can be applied.
Several functions can be used per device for which up to two
parameter sets (stages) can be applied for synchrochecks and up
to six parameter sets (stages) can be applied for the synchroni-
zation. Thus, the device can react to different environmental-
SIPROTEC 5 ⋅ Devices Protection, Automation and Monitoring ⋅ Catalog SIPROTEC 5.01 - Edition 4 3.2/4
SIPROTEC 5 System
Protection – Undervoltage-controlled reactive power protection (QU-Protection)
3.2/5 SIPROTEC 5 ⋅ Devices Protection, Automation and Monitoring ⋅ Siemens SIPROTEC 5.01 - Edition 4
SIPROTEC 5 System
Protection – Power plant decoupling (ANSI 32 dP/dt; 27, 50)*
with the angle error is bypassed if high-precision instrument Optionally, the auxiliary contacts of the local circuit breaker are
transformers are used as primary transformers (class 0.2 or 0.1). evaluated in order to prevent overfunction.
For this purpose, the reverse-power protection should be Temperature supervision (ANSI 38)
assigned to an independent measuring module.
The temperatures (e.g. winding or oil temperatures) are
Power plant decoupling (ANSI 32 dP/dt; 27, 50)*
acquired with an external temperature monitoring device.
Three-phase close-in short circuits result in mechanical stresses Typical sensors are Pt 100, Ni 100 and Ni 120. The temperatures
on the turbo-generator unit as well as electrical ones. The deter- are transmitted to the protection via serial interface or via
mining criterion for the magnitude of the mechanical stress on a Ethernet interface and the temperature monitoring function
turbo-generator unit to be expected is the negative active power monitors whether they exceed set limits. There are two thresh-
jump ΔP, because torque and active power are proportional to olds per temperature measuring point. The function is designed
each other. The sudden force release results in an acceleration so that up to 12 temperatures can be processed. The function
of the rotor. At the same time, the phase position and amplitude also includes integrated broken-wire monitoring which sends
of the synchronous generated voltage changes. These changes alarms referring to the measuring points.
occur on a delayed basis corresponding to the inertia constant Underexcitation protection (ANSI 40)
of the machine and the magnitude of the active power change.
The longer this state persists, the more critical the stress on the The generator power diagram describes the stability limits. In
generator becomes when there is a sudden voltage recovery. It the per-unit view it can easily be transformed into an admit-
is then possible to compare the effects of the subsequent opera- tance diagram by changing the axis labels. The underexcitation
tion more or less to a “missynchronization.” If the power system protection monitors the stability limits and prevents damage in
protection does not cut off the high-current short circuits close the generator from pulling out of synchronism (asynchronous
to the power plant within the allotted quick-operating time, the running) as a result of problems with the excitation or voltage
aforementioned stress can occur. control during underexcited operation.
The power plant decoupling function intervenes in this case and The protection function offers three characteristics for moni-
opens the main switch on the upper-voltage side. After fault toring the static as well as dynamic stability. A quick protection
clarification, the block can be re-synchronized with the paralle- reaction is achieved via binary trip initiation if there is an excita-
ling device. tion outage and short-time tripping is enabled. Alternatively, the
excitation voltage can be measured by a measuring transducer
The protection function evaluates the negative active power
and the release signal for falling below the threshold value can
jump of the positive-sequence system power. This is derived
be evaluated. The characteristic curve lines enable an optimal
from the three-phase voltage and current measured values.
adaptation of the protection to the generator diagram (see
After an approved time delay (to be specified by the turbo-
Figure 3.2/6). The setting values can be read directly from the
generator unit manufacturer), the trip command is issued. Over-
per-unit view of the diagram.
current and undervoltage pickups act as additional restraining
quantities. Additionally, the generator must be operated before- The admittance is calculated from the positive-sequence system
hand with a minimum active power and fall below an active quantities of the three-phase currents and voltages. This guar-
power threshold. antees correct behavior of the protection function even under
asymmetric power system conditions. If the voltage deviates
*In preparation from the rated voltage, the admittance calculation provides the
advantage that the characteristics run in the same direction as
the generator power diagram shifts.
[dw_7UM8_kraftwerksentkuppl, 1, en_US]
3.2
Undercurrent protection (ANSI 37)
Undercurrent protection detects the falling edge or dropping
current flow. This may be due to switching operations, such as
by a higher level circuit breaker, or by decreasing loads, such as
pumps running empty. [dw_charac-underexcitation-protection, 1, en_US]
In both situations, it may be necessary to open the local circuit Figure 3.2/6 Characteristic of the underexcitation protection
breaker in order to prevent consequential damage. The under-
current protection handles this task. Unbalanced-load protection (ANSI 46)
The function consists of an undercurrent stage with a current- Asymmetrical current loading of the three windings of a gener-
independent time delay. A maximum of two stages can be oper- ator result in heat buildup in the rotor because of the devel-
ated in parallel. oping reverse field. The protection detects an asymmetric
loading of three-phase machines. It operates on the basis of
SIPROTEC 5 ⋅ Devices Protection, Automation and Monitoring ⋅ Catalog SIPROTEC 5.01 - Edition 4 3.2/6
SIPROTEC 5 System
Protection – Negative-sequence system overcurrent protection (ANSI 46)
symmetric components. The protection function evaluates the Directional negative-sequence protection with definitetime
negative-sequence current and prevents thermal overloading of delay (ANSI 46, 67)
the rotor of electric machines (generators, motors). The thermal
This function serves as the reserve short-circuit protection for
behavior is modeled using the integral method.
asymmetrical faults. With the negative-sequence system,
The following equation forms the basis of the protection func- various monitoring and protection tasks can be realized:
tion.
• Detection of 1 or 2-phase short circuits in the network with a
higher sensitivity than in classic overcurrent protection
• Detection of phase conductor interruptions in the primary
system and in the current transformer secondary circuits
[fo_Schieflastschutz, 1, en_US]
• Location of short circuits or reversals in the connections to the
current transformers
Where
• Indication of asymmetrical states in the energy system
K Constant of the machine (5 s to 40 s) • Protection of electrical machines following asymmetrical
I2 Negative sequence current loads that are caused by asymmetrical voltages or conductor
I N, M Rated current of the machine interruptions (for example through a defective fuse).
The function comes factory-set with 1 stage. A maximum of
A dependent characteristic results as the operate curve. Small 6 stages can be operated simultaneously. If the device is
unbalanced load currents result in longer tripping times. To equipped with the inrush-current detection function, the trip-
prevent overfunction when there are large unbalanced load ping stages can be stabilized against tripping due to transformer
currents (for example, with asymmetric short circuits), large inrush currents.
negative-sequence system currents (approx. 10*I permissible) Overvoltage protection functions (ANSI 59, 47, 59N)
are limited. In addition, the continuous additional unbalanced
load is monitored, and if the threshold is exceeded, an alarm Overvoltages occur, for example, in long lines with little or no
indication is issued after a time delay. load. Another cause can be faults in the voltage regulation
(controller faults, maloperation). The overvoltage protection
Negative-sequence system overcurrent protection (ANSI 46)
monitors the permissible voltage range, protects equipment
The protection function determines the negative sequence from subsequent damage through overvoltages and serves to
current out of phase currents. The negative sequence current decouple systems (e.g. wind energy infeeds).
can be referred to the object nominal current or to the positive
Various overvoltage protection functions are available. By
sequence current (convenient for broken wire monitoring).
default, two stages are preconfigured. Up to three identical
With the transformer, the negative phase sequence current stages are possible.
protection can be used as sensitive backup protection on the
The following functions are available:
supply side for detecting low-current single-phase short circuit
and double-phase faults. This application is well suited for Overvoltage protection with 3-phase voltage (ANSI 59)
detecting low voltage single-phase faults which do not generate • Optionally, measurement of phase-to-phase voltages or
high voltage zero sequence currents (e.g. vector group Dyn). phase-to-ground voltages
With the negative-sequence system, various monitoring and • Method of measurement: optionally, measurement of the
protection tasks can be realized: fundamental component or of the effective value (RMS
value).
• Detection of 1 or 2-phase short circuits in the network with a
higher sensitivity than in classic overcurrent protection Overvoltage protection with positive-sequence voltage
(Setting lower than the object nominal current) (ANSI 59)
• Detection of phase current interruptions in the primary • Capturing symmetrical, stationary overvoltages with positive
system and in the current transformer secondary circuits sequence voltage
3.2
• Location of short circuits or reversals in the connections to the • Method of measurement: calculation of positive-sequence
current transformers voltage from the measured phase-to-ground voltages.
• Indication of unbalanced conditions in the energy system Overvoltage protection with positive-sequence voltage and
compounding in line protection devices (ANSI 59)
• Protection of electrical machines following asymmetrical
loads that are caused by asymmetrical voltages or phase • By means of capacitive line impedances, stationary overvol-
currents (for example through a defective fuse). tages at the opposite end of the line can arise (Ferranti
The function comes factory-set with 1 stage. A maximum of 6 effect).
stages can be operated simultaneously. If the device is equipped • Method of measurement: The positive-sequence system of
with the inrush-current detection function, the tripping stages the voltage is calculated at the other end of the line by means
can be stabilized against tripping due to transformer inrush of the local, measured voltages and current using the equiva-
currents. lent circuit of the line.
3.2/7 SIPROTEC 5 ⋅ Devices Protection, Automation and Monitoring ⋅ Siemens SIPROTEC 5.01 - Edition 4
SIPROTEC 5 System
Protection – Starting-time supervision (ANSI 48)
Overvoltage protection with positive-sequence voltage IEC 60076-7 and IEEE C57.91 and calculates three relevant vari-
(ANSI 47) ables for the protection function:
• Monitoring the power system and electric machines for • Hot spot temperature
voltage unbalance (negative sequence voltage)
• Relative aging
• Method of measurement: calculation of negative-sequence
voltage from the measured phase-to-ground voltages. • Load reserve until warning / alarm indication.
Overvoltage protection with zero-sequence voltage / residual These variables can be used to generate an alarm. The hot spot
voltage (ANSI 59N/64) temperature can also trigger tripping. Calculation of the hot
• Detection of ground faults in isolated or resonant-grounded spot temperature depends on the upper transformer oil temper-
systems and electric operational equipment (e.g. machines) ature, the cooling method, the load factor, the transformer
dimension, the oil and winding time constant and a number of
• Detection of the ground-faulted phase (optional) other factors according to IEC 60076-7 and IEEE C57.91.
• Measurement procedure: Measurement of the displacement The upper oil temperature is sensed via the temperature meas-
voltage directly at the broken-delta winding or calculation of uring points. Up to 12 temperature measuring points can be
the zero-sequence voltage from the phase-to-ground voltages transferred to the protection relay via an RTD box.One of these
• Measuring methods: Optionally, measurement of the funda- measuring points can be chosen for calculation of the hot spot
mental component (standard or with especially strong attenu- temperature in the oil.
ation of harmonics and transients) or of the RMS value. The customer can set additionally required factors, such as type
Overvoltage protection with any voltage (ANSI 59) of cooling and dimension of the transformer, in the function.
The relative aging is acquired cyclically and summated to form
• Capture of any 1-phase overvoltage for special applications the total aging.
• Measuring methods: Optionally, measurement of the funda- Stator overload protection (ANSI 49S)
mental component or of the effective value (RMS value).
The function of the thermal stator overload protection protects
Starting-time supervision (ANSI 48) the motor against thermal overload by monitoring the thermal
The starting-time supervision protects the motor against too state of the stator.
long starting processes. In particular, rotor-critical high voltage The thermal stator overload protection calculates the overtem-
motors can quickly be heated above their thermal limits when perature from the measured phase currents according to a
multiple start-ups occur in a short period of time. If start-ups are thermal single body model. The RMS value is determined per
prolonged, e.g., in the event of excessive voltage drops when phase from the highly sampled measured current values (8 kHz).
starting the motor, excessive load torques, or a locked rotor, the All quantities which cause heating are taken into account
protection device initiates a trip signal. Figure 3.2/7 shows the through the wide frequency operating range.
thermal characteristic of the function. Different maximum
starting times are taken into account depending on the cold or Stages
warm condition of the motor. A current and thermal alarm stage is provided for the thermal
overload protection to initiate an alarm before tripping. The trip-
ping time characteristics are exponential functions according to
IEC 60255-8. The preload is considered in the tripping times /
operate time for overloads.
Startup overcurrent protection (ANSI 50)*
Gas turbines are powered up via starting converters. The startup
overload protection detects short circuits in the low frequency
range (from about 2-3 Hz) and is designed as a definite time-
overcurrent protection. The pickup value is set below the rated
current. The function is only active during startup (blocking by
open circuit breaker of the starting converter). At frequencies 3.2
higher than 10 Hz, the sampling-frequency tracking activates
[dwtherms-200712-03.tif, 1, en_US]
and then the other short-circuit functions are active.
Figure 3.2/7 Thermal characteristic of the starting-time supervision
*In preparation
Hot spot calculation (ANSI 49H) Circuit-breaker failure protection (ANSI 50BF)
The hot spot calculation function protects the transformer wind- The circuit-breaker failure protection is circuit-breaker-related in
ings from thermal destruction by excessive load currents. Hot the function group circuit breaker. Each circuit breaker has to be
spot calculation takes account of the following standards provided with its own circuit-breaker failure protection. The
circuit-breaker failure protection incorporates a two-stage
design. If the fault current has not disappeared after a settable
time, a retrip command or the busbar trip command will be
generated. The correct circuit-breaker operation is monitored via
SIPROTEC 5 ⋅ Devices Protection, Automation and Monitoring ⋅ Catalog SIPROTEC 5.01 - Edition 4 3.2/8
SIPROTEC 5 System
Protection – External trip initiation
current measurement and via additional circuit-breaker Circuit-breaker restrike protection (ANSI 50RS)
contacts. The current detection logic is phase-segregated and
The Circuit-breaker restrike protection function monitors circuit-
can therefore also be used in 1-pole tripping schemes.
breaker restrikes, e.g. caused by overvoltage at the circuit-
The circuit-breaker failure protection can be initiated by all inte- breaker poles following a capacitor bank shutdown. The func-
grated protection functions as well as by external devices via tion will generate a backup tripping signal in case of a circuit-
binary input signals or by communication with GOOSE message breaker restrike.
in IEC 61850 systems. To increase operational reliability, an Instantaneous tripping at switch onto fault (SOTF)
external start can be applied with two binary inputs in parallel.
This function is available for applications where the overcurrent
For 1-pole and 3-pole starting separate delay times are available.
protection with rapid tripping (50HS) is insuffi cient or is not
For applications with two current transformers per feeder, e.g.
used at all. It also allows rapid tripping in the case of lower fault
breaker-and-a-half, ring bus or double circuit-breaker applica-
currents. The function has no own measuring function. It is
tions, the SIPROTEC 5 device can be configured with two inde-
linked at its input side with the pickup (measurement) of
pendent circuit-breaker failure protection functions.
another protection function, e.g. the element of an overcurrent
External trip initiation protection and it will trip if switched on to a short circuit. Typi-
cally, such protection levels are confi gured which trip with a
Any signals from external protection and monitoring devices can
delay themselves. The actual energization detection is made in
be used for trip initiation. These signals can be included in the
the switching state detection.
processing of indications and trip commands or for starting a
fault record. External trip initiation
The external trip initiation works like a protection function. This Any signal from an external or internal protection or supervision
allows easy integration of mechanical protection devices (e.g. function can be coupled into the trip logic of the device by
pressure or oil level monitors or Buchholz relays). means of binary inputs or by serial communication. The trip
The required number of external trip initiations can be selected command may be delayed. 1-pole tripping is available if device
depending on the application and circuit breaker are capable of 1-pole operation.
3.2/9 SIPROTEC 5 ⋅ Devices Protection, Automation and Monitoring ⋅ Siemens SIPROTEC 5.01 - Edition 4
SIPROTEC 5 System
Protection – Overcurrent protection, single-phase (ANSI 50N/51N)
The stages of the overcurrent protection are, apart from the be used for special applications which require a very sensitive
characteristic, structured identically. current measurement. Pickup and trip signals can be stored in
the separate ground fault buffer.
• They can be blocked individually via binary input or by other
functions (for example, inrush-current detection, automatic Intermittent ground-fault protection
reclosing, cold-load pickup detection)
Intermittent (re-striking) faults occur due to insulation weak-
• Each stage can be stabilized against over-responding because nesses in cables or as a result of water penetrating cable joints.
of transformer inrush currents Such faults either simply cease at some stage or develop into
lasting short-circuits. During intermittent activity, however, star-
• Each stage can be operated as an alarm stage (no operate point resistors in networks that are impedance-grounded may
indication)
undergo thermal overloading. The normal ground-fault protec-
• You can select between the measurement of the fundamental tion cannot reliably detect and interrupt the current pulses,
component and the measurement of the RMS value for the
some of which can be very brief.
method of measurement
The selectivity required with intermittent ground-faults is
• The ground function evaluates the calculated zero-sequence achieved by summating the duration of the individual pulses
current (3I0) or the measured ground current
and by triggering when a (settable) summed time and a fault
• Dropout delays can be set individually. state is reached. The response threshold IIE > evaluates the
r.m.s. value, referred to one systems period.
Transformer inrush current detection
If the device is used in a transformer feeder, high inrush
currents can be expected when the transformer is switched on.
These can reach many times the rated current and flow for
several tens of milliseconds to several seconds, depending on
the size and design of the transformer. The inrush current detec-
tion function detects the transformer energizing and generates
a blocking signal for protection functions that would spuriously
respond to the transformer inrush current. This enables these
protection functions to be sensitive.
To detect transformer energizing reliably, the function uses the
"harmonic analysis" and "CWA methods" (current waveform
analysis) measuring methods. The two methods work in parallel
and combine the results with a logical OR. The result is a "1-
outof- 2 decision," which increases the availability of the elec-
trical installation.
Switching protection (ANSI 50/27)
The protection function has the task of limiting harm, due to
accidental switching of the circuit breaker, to generators that
are stationary or already started but not yet excited or synchron-
ized. The voltage prescribed by the power system allows the
[IEC Kennlinien, 1, en_US] generator to start with a great amount of slip as an asynchro-
Figure 3.2/8 IEC characteristic curves of the “normal inverse” type nous machine. As a consequence, unacceptably high currents
are induced in the rotor. Logic, consisting of sensitive current
Overcurrent protection, single-phase (ANSI 50N/51N) measurement for each phase, instrument transformers, time
control and blocking starting at a minimum voltage, causes an
In the case of transformers, the preferred application is backup immediate trip command. If the fuse-failure monitor responds,
protection for power system components connected to the this function is inactive.
grounded neutral winding. The neutral point current of the 3.2
transformer is processed directly. Alternately, the function can Shaft-current protection (ANSI 50GN)
also be used for differential high-impedance ground fault The protection function is required in particular for hydro gener-
protection. ators. Because of design constraints, hydro generators have rela-
A further application is tank protection on transformers installed tively long shafts. Due to different causes, such as friction,
on insulating mountings. magnetic fields of the generators and still others, a voltage can
develop through the shaft, which then acts as a voltage source.
The structure and scope of the protection function is identical to This induced voltage of approximately 10 to 30 V is a function of
the time-overcurrent protection ground function (ANSI 50N/ load, plant and machine. If the oil film on a bearing of the shaft
51N). is too thin, this can result in electric breakdown. Due to the low
Sentitive ground protection (ANSI 50Ns/51Ns) impedance (shaft, bearing and ground), greater currents can
flow that would result in the destruction of the bearing. Experi-
The sensitive ground-current protection function detects ground
ence shows that currents greater than 1 A are critical for the
currents in systems with isolated or resonant neutral. It can also
bearing. Because different bearings can be affected, the current
SIPROTEC 5 ⋅ Devices Protection, Automation and Monitoring ⋅ Catalog SIPROTEC 5.01 - Edition 4 3.2/10
SIPROTEC 5 System
Protection – Voltage-dependent overcurrent protection (ANSI 51V)
flowing in the shaft is detected by a special core balance current The arc protection function contains a self-monitoring function.
transformer (folding transformer). This function monitors the optical arc sensors and the fiber-optic
cables.
The shaft-current protection processes this current and trips
when there is a threshold-value violation. In addition to the Peak overvoltage protection for capacitors (ANSI 59C)
fundamental component, the 3rd harmonic as well as the
The dielectric of a capacitor is stressed by the applied peak
current mixture (1st and 3rd harmonic) can be evaluated. The
voltage. Excessive peak voltages can therefore destroy the
measurand as well as the threshold value are set during
dielectric. IEC and IEEE standards defi ne for how long capacitors
commissioning. A high degree of measuring accuracy (minimum
can withstand what overvoltages.
secondary threshold is 0.3 mA) is achieved by the selected
measurement technology. The function calculates the peak voltage phase-selectively from
the fundamental and the superimposed harmonics. The peak
Voltage-dependent overcurrent protection (ANSI 51V)
voltage is calculated from the phase currents by integration.
Short-circuit and backup protection are also integrated here. It is The function provides various types of stage with different delay
used where power system protection operates with current- times:
dependent protection equipment.
There are 3 different forms of the function (stage types)
• Stage with an inverse characteristic, according to IEC and IEEE
standards
• Controlled • Stage with a user-defi ned characteristic
• Voltage-dependent • Stage with a defi nite-time characteristic
• Undervoltage stability. Up to four stages of the type with a defi nite-time characteristic
can be set up concurrently.
The current function can be controlled via an evaluation of the
machine voltage. The “controlled” version triggers the sensi- Interturn fault protection (ANSI 59N (IT))*
tively set current stage. In the “voltage-dependent” version, the The interturn fault protection is used to detect short circuits
current pickup value drops in a linear relationship with dropping between the turns within a winding (phase) of the generator. In
voltage. The fuse-failure monitor prevents overfunction. this case, relatively high ring currents flow in the short-circuited
IEC and ANSI characteristics are supported (Table 3.2/1). turns and result in damage to the winding and stator. The
protection function is distinguished by high sensitivity. The
Supported inverse-time characteristic curves residual voltage across the broken-delta winding is detected via
Characteristic curve ANSI / IEEE IEEE / IEC 60255-3 3 two-pole isolated voltage transformers. In order to be insensi-
Inverse • •
tive to ground faults, the isolated voltage transformer neutral
point must be connected via a high-voltage cable to the gener-
Moderately inverse •
ator neutral point. The neutral point of the voltage transformer
Very inverse • •
must not be grounded; otherwise, also the generator neutral
Extremely inverse • • point would be grounded and every ground fault would result in
Fully inverse • a single-pole ground fault. In the case of an interturn fault, the
result would be a drop in voltage in the affected phase. This ulti-
Table 3.2/1 Supported inverse-time characteristic curves mately leads to a residual voltage that is detected across the
broken-delta winding. The sensitivity is limited more by the
For generator protection applications, the function “under- winding asymmetries and less by the protection device. The
voltage stability” is frequently used. If the exciting transformer is protection function processes the voltage across the broken-
connected directly to the generator bus and a short circuit delta winding and determines the fundamental component. The
occurs, the excitation voltage drops. As a result, the synchro- selected filter design suppresses the effect of higher frequency
nous generated voltage and with it the short-circuit current are oscillations and eliminates the disruptive influence of the 3rd .
reduced and can drop below the pickup value. With the under- In this way, the required measuring sensitivity is achieved.
voltage stability feature, the pickup is maintained. If an external
error is cleared according to protective grading, the voltage *In preparation
3.2 recovery results in the dropout of the pickup maintenance. If the
voltage fails due to an error in the voltage transformer circuit,
this does not result in an overfunction. A pickup additionally
causes an overcurrent.
Arc Protection
The arc protection function detects electric arcs in switchgears
through optical sensors. Arcs are detected reliably and quickly as
they develop, and the protective device can trip immediately
and without delay times.
Detection of arcs is either purely optical, or optionally using an
additional current criterion to avoid overfunctioning.
3.2/11 SIPROTEC 5 ⋅ Devices Protection, Automation and Monitoring ⋅ Siemens SIPROTEC 5.01 - Edition 4
SIPROTEC 5 System
Protection – Direct voltage / direct current protection (ANSI 59N (DC), 50N (DC))*
Figure 3.2/9 Implementation example • Directional 3I0 stage with φ(V0, 3I0) measurement (freely
adjustable direction straight line)
Direct voltage / direct current protection (ANSI 59N (DC), • Non-directional 3I0 stage
50N (DC))*
Stator ground-fault protection with 3rd harmonic
Hydro generators or gas turbines are started via starting (ANSI 27TH/59TH, 59THD)
converters. A ground fault in the intermediate circuit of the
starting converter results in the direct voltage shift and thus a Due to design constraints, a generator can produce a 3rd
direct current. Because neutral-point or grounding transformers harmonic voltage that forms a zero-sequence system. It is verifi-
have a lower ohmic resistance than the voltage transformers, able by a broken-delta winding on the generator bus or by a
the majority of the direct current flows through them. There is voltage transformer or neutral-point transformer on the gener-
therefore a danger of destruction from thermal overload. The ator neutral point. The voltage amplitude depends on the
direct current is detected via a shunt transformer (measuring machine and operation.
transducer or special transformer). Depending on the version of A ground fault in the vicinity of the neutral point results in the
the measuring transducer, currents or voltages are fed to the voltage shift of the 3rd harmonic voltage (drop within the
7UM85. neutral point and increase on the outgoing line). In combination
The measuring algorithm filters out the DC component and with the 90 % stator ground-fault protection (V0>) 100 % of the
makes the threshold value decision. The protection function is stator winding is protectable.
active starting at 0 Hz. If a voltage is transmitted by the meas- The protection function is designed in such a way that different
uring transducer for protection, the connection must be measuring methods can be selected for different applications
designed in an interference-immune and short manner. Trans- are possible.
mission as a 4 to 20 mA signal brings advantages because
applied currents are insensitive to disturbances and at the same
• A 3rd harmonic undervoltage protection at the generator
neutral point
time broken-wire monitoring is possible.
The function can also be used for special applications. There-
• A 3rd harmonic overvoltage protection at the generator bus.
fore, for the quantity present at the input the RMS value is eval- • A 3rd harmonic differential voltage protection (with measur-
uated over a broad frequency range. ands of the neutral point and the outgoing line)
SIPROTEC 5 ⋅ Devices Protection, Automation and Monitoring ⋅ Catalog SIPROTEC 5.01 - Edition 4 3.2/12
SIPROTEC 5 System
Protection – Current-unbalance protection for capacitor banks (ANSI 60C)
3.2/13 SIPROTEC 5 ⋅ Devices Protection, Automation and Monitoring ⋅ Siemens SIPROTEC 5.01 - Edition 4
SIPROTEC 5 System
Protection – Restart inhibit (ANSI 66)
1 – 3 Hz) is coupled into the rotor circuit through a ballast Figure 3.2/11 Temperature curve of the rotor and repeated motor start-
(7XT71) and resistor device (7XR6004). Through this method, up
the interfering influence of the rotor capacitance to ground is
eliminated and a good signal-to-noise ratio for the harmonic Directional overcurrent protection, phases and ground
components (for example, 6th harmonic) of the exciter device is (ANSI 67, 67N)
achieved. A high sensitivity in the measurement is possible.
The functions directional time-overcurrent protection for phases
Fault resistances up to 80 kΩ can be detected. The rotor ground
and ground sense short circuits in electrical equipment. With
circuit is monitored for continuity by evaluation of the current
directional time-overcurrent protection, the units can also be
during polarity reversal.
used in power systems in which not only the overcurrent crite-
Due to the high sensitivity, this function is recommended for rion but also the direction of power fl ow to the fault location is
larger generators. a selectivity criterion, e.g. in single-feed parallel lines, in double-
The function requires a hardware configuration of the 7UM85 feed lines, or in looped lines.
with a IO210. Two defi nite time-overcurrent protection stages (DTL stages)
and one inverse time-overcurrent protection stage (IDMTL
*In preparation
stage) are preconfi gured. Further defi nite time-overcurrent
Restart inhibit (ANSI 66) protection stages and one stage with a user-defi ned character-
The restart inhibit prevents the motor from restarting if the istic can be confi gured within the function.
permitted temperature limit would thus be exceeded. For the inverse time-overcurrent protection stages, all common
The rotor temperature of a motor is far below the permissible characteristics according to IEC and ANSI/IEEE are available.
temperature limit during normal operation and also under The Figure 3.2/12 shows how the direction characteristic of the
increased load conditions. High starting currents required when ground function can be freely configured. The characteristic can
starting the motor increase the risk of the rotor being thermally be rotated for the phase function.
damaged rather the stator due to overheating. This is related to
the short thermal constant of the rotor. To avoid tripping of the
circuit breaker due to multiple motor start-up attempts, the
restart of the motor has to be inhibited if it is obvious that the
temperature limit of the rotor has been exceeded during a
startup attempt (siehe Figure 3.2/11).
3.2
[dw_DwDirRot, 1, en_US]
SIPROTEC 5 ⋅ Devices Protection, Automation and Monitoring ⋅ Catalog SIPROTEC 5.01 - Edition 4 3.2/14
SIPROTEC 5 System
Protection – Directional ground-fault protection with phase selector (ANSI 67G, 50G, 51G)
Apart from the characteristics, the stages have an identical 5 mA to 100 A with a rated current of 1 A and from 5 mA to
structure. 500 A with a nominal current of 5 A. Thus the ground-fault over-
current protection can be applied with extreme sensitivity.
• Blocking functions of the stage: on measuring voltage failure,
via binary input signal, or by other functions (automatic reclo- The function is equipped with special digital fi lter algorithms,
sure, cold load pickup) providing the elimination of higher harmonics. This feature is
particularly important for low zero sequence fault currents
• Every stage can be restrained against over-response caused by which usually have a high content of 3rd and 5th harmonics.
transformer inrush currents
• The direction can be set for each stage Dynamic setting change
Dynamic setting change of pickup values and delay time settings
• The stage can optionally be used for directional comparison can be activated depending on the status of an auto-reclosure
protection. Both a release and a blocking method can be
function. An instantaneous switch-on to fault is applicable for
implemented
each stage.
• Each stage can be used as an alarm stage (no trip signal) Phase selector
• For the measuring method, measurement of the fundamental The ground-fault protection is suitable for 3-phase and, option-
or the rms value can be selected
ally, for 1-phase tripping by means of a sophisticated phase
• The ground function evaluates the calculated zero-sequence selector. It may be blocked during the dead time of 1-pole autor-
current (3I0) or the measured ground current eclose cycles or during pickup of a main protection function.
• Logarithmically inverse characteristics are also available for Directional sensitive ground-fault detection (ANSI 67Ns,
the ground stages. ANSI 51Ns, 59N)
Directional ground-fault protection with phase selector The directional sensitive ground-fault detection function detects
(ANSI 67G, 50G, 51G) ground faults in isolated and arc-suppression-coil-ground power
In grounded systems, it may happen that the main protection systems. Various function stages are available for this purpose
sensitivity is not sufficient to detect high-resistance ground that can also be used in parallel. Thus, the working method of
faults. The SIPROTEC 5 device therefore has protection functions the function can best be adapted to the conditions of the power
for faults of this nature. system, the user philosophy and different manifestations of the
error:
Multiple stages
Overvoltage elements with zero-sequence system / residual
The ground fault overcurrent protection can be used with 6 defi- voltage
nite-time stages (DT) and one inverse-time stage (IDMTL).
The zero-sequence voltage (residual voltage) is evaluated as to
The following inverse-time characteristics are provided: threshold-value violation. In addition, the faulty phase can be
• Inverse acc. to IEC 60255-3 determined when the phase-ground voltages are connected.
Directional ground-current elements with direction determina-
• ANSI/IEEE inverse tion using cos φ and sin φ measurement
• Logarithmic inverse This is the “classical“ wattmetric (cos φ, in the arc-suppression-
• V0-inverse coil-ground power system) or varmetric (sin φ, in the isolated
power system) method of measurement for the directional
• S0-inverse. detection of static ground faults. For direction determination,
the current component which is perpendicular to the set direc-
Appropriate direction decision modes
tion-characteristic curve (= axis of symmetry) is decisive (3I0dir.),
The direction decision can be determined by the residual current see Figure 3.2/13. The stage is adaptable to the power system
I0 and the zero sequence voltage V0 or by the negative conditions by a corresponding setting (position of the direction-
sequence components V2 and I2. Using negative-sequence characteristic curve). Therefore, very sensitive and precise meas-
components can be advantageous in cases where the zero urements are possible.
sequence voltage tends to be very low due to unfavorable zero
3.2
sequence impedances.
In addition or as an alternative to the directional determination
with zero sequence voltage, the ground current of a grounded
power transformer may also be used for polarization. Dual polar-
ization applications can therefore be fulfi lled. Alternatively, the
direction can be determined by evaluation of zero sequence
power. Each stage can be set in forward or reverse direction or
both directions (non-directional).
High sensitivity and stability
The SIPROTEC 5 devices can be provided with a sensitive neutral
[dwcosphi-171012-01.tif, 1, en_US]
(residual) current transformer input. This feature provides a
measuring range for the ground current (fault current) from Figure 3.2/13 Direction determination with cos φ measurement
3.2/15 SIPROTEC 5 ⋅ Devices Protection, Automation and Monitoring ⋅ Siemens SIPROTEC 5.01 - Edition 4
SIPROTEC 5 System
Protection – Power-swing blocking (ANSI 68)
Directional ground-current element with direction determina- A subsequent network fault is reliably detected and results in
tion using φ (V, I) measurement phase-selective reset of the distance protection blocking by the
power-swing detection.
This method can be applied as an alternative to the cos φ or sin
φ method if this is desired because of user philosophy. The
direction is found by determining the phase angle between the
angle-error compensated ground current and the rotated zero-
sequence voltage V0. To take different system conditions and
applications into account, the reference voltage can be rotated
via an adjustable angle. This moves the vector of the rotated
reference voltage close to the vector of the ground current
3I0com. Consequently, the result of direction determination is as
reliable as possible (see also Figure 3.2/12).
Transient ground-fault method
This transient method operates only during the first 1 to
2 periods after fault inception. It determines the direction via
the evaluation of the active energy of the transient process. It is
[power-swing, 1, en_US]
especially appropriate if direction information is required for
errors that expire again very quickly (after 0.5 to a few periods). Figure 3.2/14 Power-swing detection during 1-pole open condition
Thus, a use parallel to the stage with cos φ measurement lends
itself. Trip circuit supervision (ANSI 74TC)
This method can also be operated in meshed power systems. It The circuit breaker coil including its feed lines is monitored with
is also especially well-suited for closed rings because circulating two binary inputs. An alarm will be generated if there is an inter-
residual currents are eliminated. Due to additional logic, the ruption in the trip circuit.
function can also optionally clear a static error. Out-of-step protection (ANSI 78)
Non-directional ground-current stage In electric power transmission systems electrical stability must
If necessary, a simple, non-directional ground-current stage can be maintained at all times. If system conditions arise that
be configured. threaten the stability measures must be taken to avoid an esca-
lation. One such system is the out-of-step protection. The func-
General information
tion can be applied as out-of-step protection or can be inte-
In particular in arc-suppression-coil-ground power systems, the grated into more complex systems for supervision and load
result is a high angular accuracy. For this purpose, the measured control, i.e. system integrity protection systems (SIPS).
ground current is corrected via the stored error characteristic of
The out-of-step function constantly evaluates the impedance
the core balance current transformer (angle error as a function
trajectory of the positive sequence impedance. The response
of the current).
characteristic is defined by impedance zones in the R/X plane.
A special algorithm is capable of quickly detecting the fault Accumulators are incremented depending on the point at which
extinction. With this detection, the directional ground-current the impedance trajectory enters or exits the associated impe-
stages, the direction determination of which is based on the dance zone. Tripping or signaling occurs when the set accumu-
phase angle relationship between zero-sequence current and lator limits are reached. The out-of-step protection provides up
zero-sequence voltage, can be blocked. Thus, the stability is to four independent impedance zones which can be adjusted
increased during the decay process of the zero-sequence system and tilted according to the requirements of stability in the
in the resonant-grounded power system. Responses of protec- power network (see Figure 3.2/15
tive devices and trippings can be saved in the separate ground-
fault log.
Power-swing blocking (ANSI 68)
Dynamic transient incidents, for instance short-circuits, load 3.2
fluctuations, auto-reclosures or switching operations can cause
power swings in the transmission network. During power
swings, large currents along with small voltages can cause
unwanted tripping of distance protection devices. The power-
swing blocking function avoids uncontrolled tripping of the
distance protection. Power swings can be detected under
symmetrical load conditions as well as during 1-pole auto-
reclose cycles
No settings required
The function requires no settings. The optimal computation is
always obtained by automatic adaptation. During a power-swing
blocking situation all swing properties are constantly supervised.
SIPROTEC 5 ⋅ Devices Protection, Automation and Monitoring ⋅ Catalog SIPROTEC 5.01 - Edition 4 3.2/16
SIPROTEC 5 System
Protection – Automatic reclosing (ANSI 79)
3.2/17 SIPROTEC 5 ⋅ Devices Protection, Automation and Monitoring ⋅ Siemens SIPROTEC 5.01 - Edition 4
SIPROTEC 5 System
Protection – Rate-of-frequency-change protection (ANSI 81R)
SIPROTEC 5 ⋅ Devices Protection, Automation and Monitoring ⋅ Catalog SIPROTEC 5.01 - Edition 4 3.2/18
SIPROTEC 5 System
Protection – Line differential protection (ANSI 87L, 87T)
tivity to detect internal faults under all conditions. To guarantee Figure 3.2/16 Tripping characteristics
highest stability, any measurement or communication errors are
taken into account (see Figure 3.2/16). Simple settings and Charging-current compensation
supervision functions shorten time of engineering and commis-
sioning: Particularly with long cables and very long extra-high-voltage
lines, ground capacitances can cause considerable, permanently
• A sensitive measurement stage (IDiff >) detects high-impe- flowing capacitive load currents. These must be taken into
dance errors. Special algorithms ensure high stability even account by the tripping threshold of the sensitive differential
with high-level DC-components in the short-circuit current. protection stage because they generate a differential current.
The tripping time of this stage is about 30 ms when standard
output contacts are used • The charging-current compensation serves to improve the
sensitivity so that maximum sensitivity can be protected even
• A high-current differential stage (IDiff >>) offers high-speed at high charging currents.
fault clearance with very short tripping times when high-
speed contacts are used.
• The charging-current compensation requires that local
voltage transformers are connected.
• No external matching transformers are needed by taking • The principle of distributed compensation guarantees
different current-transformer ratios into consideration. maximum availability, since with local outage of measuring
• With the setting of current-transformer error data, the differ- voltages of a device, the remaining devices continue to guar-
ential protection device automatically calculates the restraint antee their part of the compensation.
current and sets its permissible sensitivity. Thus, no protection Transformer in the protection range
characteristic has to be parameterized. Only IDiff > (sensitive
Apart from normal lines, line differential protection can also
stage) and IDiff >> (high-current differential stage) must be set
protect lines with a transformer in block connection. The current
according to the charging current of the line/cable transformers selectively delimit the protection range.
• Enhanced communications features guarantee stability and • A separate transformer protection device can therefore be
accuracy even under disturbed or interrupted connections on
omitted, since line differential protection acts as transformer
all kinds of transmission media, like optical fibers, control
protection with measuring points that may lie far away from
lines, telephone cables or communication networks.
one another
3.2
• Monitoring and display of differential and restraint currents • With few additional transformer parameters such as rated
during normal operation
apparent power, primary voltages, connection symbols and
• High stability during external short circuits, even with any neutral-point groundings of the respective windings,
different current-transformer saturation levels. there is no need for external matching transformers
• When long lines or cables get switched on, large transient • The sensitivity of differential protection can be further
charging current peaks occur. To avoid higher settings and increased by capturing the ground currents of grounded
less sensitivity of the IDiff >> differential current stage, the neutral-point windings
response threshold of the IDiff > stage may be increased for a • The inrush-current detection function stabilizes the differen-
settable time interval. This offers higher sensitivity under tial protection against tripping due to transformer inrush
normal load conditions. currents. This can occur phase-selectively or in 3-phase by
means of the crossblock function.
3.2/19 SIPROTEC 5 ⋅ Devices Protection, Automation and Monitoring ⋅ Siemens SIPROTEC 5.01 - Edition 4
SIPROTEC 5 System
Protection – Line differential protection (ANSI 87L, 87T)
Breaker-and-a-half layouts
Differential protection can easily be integrated into breaker-and-
a-half layouts. With corresponding hardware extension (see
standard variants), two 3-phase current inputs per device are
configurable. Thus, ultimately topologies of up to 12 measuring
points with 6 devices can be configured. The protection of a
STUB-BUS can be assumed by the separate STUB differential
protection.
Enhanced communications features
The line differential protection uses the protection interfaces in
the "Differential protection" configuration (Type 1, see Protec-
tion communication). Different communication modules and
external converters allow the interfacing and use of all available
communication media.
• Direct fiber-optic data transmission is immune to electromag-
netic disturbances and offers the highest transmission speed
to achieve the shortest tripping times [dw_ring, 2, en_US]
• External communication converters enable communication Figure 3.2/17 Differential protection in ring topologies
via existing control cables, telephone lines or communication
networks.
The data required for the differential calculations are cyclically
exchanged in full-duplex mode in the form of synchronous,
serial telegrams between the protection devices. Comprehen-
sive supervision functions ensure stability in operation in any
communication environment:
• Telegrams are secured with CRC checksums to detect trans-
mission errors immediately. Differential protection processes
only valid telegrams.
• Supervision of all communication routes between the device
without the need for additional equipment
• Unambiguous identification of each device is ensured by the
assignment of settable communication addresses for each
unit within a differential protection topology
• Detection of telegrams reflected back to the sending device in
the communication network
• Detection of time delay changes in communication networks
[dw_Ketten, 2, en_US]
• Dynamic compensation of runtimes in the differential meas-
urement and supervision of the maximum permissible signal- Figure 3.2/18 Differential protection in chain topologies
transit time
Phase-selective circuit-breaker intertripping and remote trip/
• Indication of disturbed communication connections. Faulty- indications
telegram counters are available as operational measured
values. • Normally, the differential current is calculated for each line
end at the same time. This leads to fast and uniform tripping
• Switched communication networks can lead to unbalance in times. Under weak infeed conditions, especially when the
the runtimes in receive and transmit directions. The resulting 3.2
differential current is taken into account by the adaptive differential protection function is combined with an overcur-
measuring techniques of the differential protection rent pickup, a phase-selective breaker intertripping offers a
tripping of all line ends. Therefore high-speed transfer-trip
• With a high-precision 1 s pulse from a GPS receiver, the device signals get transmitted to the other line ends. These transfer-
can be synchronized with an absolute, exact time at each line trip signals can also be initiated by an external device via
end. In this way, time delays in receive and transmit path can binary inputs. Therefore, they can be used to indicate, for
be measured exactly. Thus, the differential protection can also example, a direction decision of the backup distance protec-
be used in communication networks with a maximum of tion.
sensitivity even under massive runtime unbalance conditions.
• The protection interfaces can exchange freely configurable,
binary inputs and output signals and measured values with
each other (see protection communication).
SIPROTEC 5 ⋅ Devices Protection, Automation and Monitoring ⋅ Catalog SIPROTEC 5.01 - Edition 4 3.2/20
SIPROTEC 5 System
Protection – STUB differential protectionANSI 87 STUB)
Communication topologies/modes of function The following properties are essential for the protection func-
tion:
Differential protection devices may be arranged in a ring or
daisy-chain topology. A test mode offers advantages during • Restraint tripping characteristic with freely settable character-
commissioning and service operations. istic sections in accordance with Figure 3.2/19
• In a ring topology, the system tolerates the outage of a data • Integrated adaptation to the transformer ratio with different
connection. The ring topology is converted within 20 ms into rated currents of the current transformer (primary and secon-
a daisy-chain topology, so that the differential protection dary) taken into account
function continues to work without interruption.
• Flexible adaptation to the different transformer vector groups
• When a daisy-chain topology is specified by the communica- Flexible Anpassung an die unterschiedlichen Transformator-
tion infrastructure, cost effective relays with only one protec- schaltgruppen.
tion interface can be used at both daisy-chain ends.
• Adaptive adjustment of the trip characteristics by detection of
• For important two-end lines, a hot standby transmission is the transformer tapping
possible by a redundant communication connection to ensure
high availability. When the main connection is interrupted,
• Additional consideration given to neutral point currents with
grounded winding and thus increase of the sensitivity by one
the communication switches over from the main path to the third
secondary path.
• Redundant stabilization procedure (2nd harmonic + curve
• For service or maintenance reasons, individual differential wave analysis) to detect safely inrush procedures at the trans-
protection devices within multi-end topologies can be former
removed from the differential protection topology using a
binary input. Switch positions and load currents get checked • Further stabilization options through the evaluation of the 3rd
before a such a “logoff” takes effect. The remaining devices or 5th harmonic in the differential current. The 5th harmonic is
can continue to operate in this reduced topology. suitable for detecting safely a steady-state overexitation of
the transformer and thus for avoiding an overfunction
• The whole configuration can be shifted into a differential
protection test mode. All functions and indications continue • Additional stabilization procedures against external faults
to be available except the breakers will not trip. In this way, with current transformer saturation. The first procedure
the local relay can be tested with disconnection or intertrip- responds to high-current faults and monitors the differential
ping of the other relays. current curve (differential current detected outside the add-
on stabilization characteristic for a limited time, see Figure
STUB differential protectionANSI 87 STUB) 3.2/19). Changeover to an internal fault is safely detected.
STUB differential protection is a full-fledged line differential The second procedure works with low-current faults. Phase-
protection, but without communication between the line ends. angle shifts can occur in the secondary current due to the DC
It is used with a teed feeder or a breaker-and-a-half scheme, component in the short-circuit current and remanence of the
when a feeder of the line section can no longer be selectively current transformer. If jumps occur in the stabilization current
protected by opening the disconnector (example distance and if DC components are detected in the differential current
protection). at the same time, the tripping characteristic is increased for a
limited time
The activation of the STUB differential protection occurs through
the feedback of the disconnector position. The SIPROTEC 5 line • If asynchronous motors are connected to transformers, differ-
protection device must be equipped with two 3-phase current ential currents can occur due to the distorted transmission of
inputs in its hardware for this. The STUB differential protection the starting current. The start detection (jump in the stabiliza-
corresponds structurally and with regard to the setting parame- tion current and DC component evaluation) will raise the trip-
ters to the line differential protection (ANSI 87L) in all regards, ping characteristic
with the exception of protection data communication. It guaran- • High-power internal faults are detected safely and quickly
tees the selective protection of the remaining line section and with the high-current stage IDiff-fast (see Figure 3.2/20). In
rapid tripping times up to 10 ms. order to avoid an overfunction due to q-axis currents (e.g. use
Transformer differential protection (ANSI 87T) in one-and-a-half layout), the instantaneous values of the
differential and stabilization current are evaluated. Internal
3.2 The transformer differential protection is a selective short-circuit
and external faults are safely detected within a few millisec-
protection for power transformers with different types of design
onds.
(standard transformers and autotransformers) and different
connection designs. The number of protectable windings (sides) The protection function was adapted to the special conditions of
and the number of usable measuring points depends on the the autotransformer in order to ensure the protection of auto-
device type (see above explanations). transformers. The pure node point protection can be used as an
additional sensitive protection of the autotransformer winding.
The node point protection works parallel to the classical differ-
ential protection. The autotransformer banks become highly
sensitive to ground faults and interturn faults with it. Figure
3.2/21 shows the basic idea.
3.2/21 SIPROTEC 5 ⋅ Devices Protection, Automation and Monitoring ⋅ Siemens SIPROTEC 5.01 - Edition 4
SIPROTEC 5 System
Protection – Differential Protection for Phase-Shifting Transformers
[dwdifaus-030912-01.tif, 1, en_US]
[dw_PST_DIFF_01, 1, en_US]
Figure 3.2/20 Characteristics of the function Idiff-fast • Single-core PST are phase-angle transformers with a
maximum phase shift of 60°
• Two-core PST are transformers with regulation in quadrature
with a maximum phase shift of 90°
• Special transformers are transformers with fixed wiring of
windings, which result in a non-integer vector group digit
(e.g. SG 0.25 = 7.5°). They can be used as converter trans-
formers, for example.
The transformer differential protection automatically considers
the resulting value and angle changes. This means that the
changes do not need to be considered in the settings of the
pickup characteristic of the differential protection. The reversing
switch enables sign inversion between negative and positive
idling phase shift also under full load. In this case, the blocking
settings of the I-DIFF stage of the differential protection are 3.2
adjustable.
Ground fault differential protection (on the transformer)
[dw_spartrafobank, 1, en_US]
(ANSI 87N T)
Figure 3.2/21 Protection of an autotransformer through two differential The longitudinal differential protection can detect ground faults
protection in one device
close to the neutral point of a grounded star winding only to a
limited extent. The ground fault differential protection assists
Differential Protection for Phase-Shifting Transformers you with this. The neutral-point current and the calculated zero-
The differential protection function for phase-shifting trans- sequence current of the phase currents are evaluated according
formers function (PST) adds to the existing transformer differen- to Figure 3.2/23 and Figure 3.2/24. Overfunction in response to
tial protection function (ANSI 87T). external ground faults is prevented by stabilizing measures. In
addition to the differential and restraint currents, based on the
Phase-shifting transformers serve for controlling the reactive
zero-sequence variables, the phase angles of the zero-sequence
and active power in high-voltage systems. Their goal is voltage
SIPROTEC 5 ⋅ Devices Protection, Automation and Monitoring ⋅ Catalog SIPROTEC 5.01 - Edition 4 3.2/22
SIPROTEC 5 System
Protection – Differential motor protection (ANSI 87M)
[dwgrdpri-170712-01.tif, 1, en_US]
3.2/23 SIPROTEC 5 ⋅ Devices Protection, Automation and Monitoring ⋅ Siemens SIPROTEC 5.01 - Edition 4
SIPROTEC 5 System
Protection – Generator differential protection (ANSI 87G)
• In the case of asynchronous motors, distorted transmission of few milliseconds, interior and exterior errors are reliably
the starting current may result in differential currents. Due to differentiated.
a startup detection (jump within the restraint current and DC Busbar differential protection (ANSI 87B)
component evaluation), the operate curve is raised.
Busbar protection is selective, reliable, and fast protection
• High-current internal errors are reliably and quickly detected against busbar short circuits in medium-voltage, high-voltage,
by the high-current stage Idiff-fast (see Figure 3.2/19). In
and extra-high-voltage installations with the most varied busbar
order to prevent an overfunction by quadrature-axis current
confi gurations.
components (for example, use in breaker-and-a-half layouts),
the instantaneous values from the differential and restraint The protection is suitable for switchgear with closed-core or
currents are evaluated. In a few milliseconds, interior and linear-characteristic current transformers.
exterior errors are reliably differentiated. It short tripping time is especially advantageous with high short-
Generator differential protection (ANSI 87G) circuit powers or if the power system stability is at risk.
Generator differential protection is a selective short-circuit The modular structure of the hardware enables the protection to
protection for generators of different designs. It processes the be optimally adapted to the configuration of the installation.
currents from the three-phase neutral point transformers and The protection function has the following features:
output side current transformers (see Figure 3.2/26).
• Phase-selective measurement and display
• Selective tripping of defective busbar sections
• Additional disconnector-independent check zone as a further
tripping criterion
• Shortest tripping times (<10ms)
• Excellent stability on external faults, even on instrument
transformer saturation, by means of stabilization with
through-fault currents
• Tripping characteristic with freely settable characteristic
[dw_anschaltung, 1, en_US] sections as shown in XXX
Figure 3.2/26 Generator differential protection interface • Sensitive tripping characteristic for low-current faults can
additionally be activated, for example, in impedance-
In the protection function, the following properties become grounded systems as shown in
important:
• Low requirements of the non-saturated time of the current
• Error-current stabilized operate curve with freely adjustable transformers due to fast detection of internal or external
characteristic curve sections, in accordance with Figure faults within 2 ms
3.2/19. • Three intermeshing measuring methods permit very short
• Automatic correction of a current transformer mismatch tripping times on busbar faults or ensure maximum stability
during large through-fault currents
• Additional stabilization procedure against external errors with The integrated circuit breaker failure protection detects failure
current-transformer saturation. The first procedure reacts to
of circuit breakers during busbar short circuits and provides a
high-current errors and monitors the history of the differential
trip signal for the circuit breaker at the opposite end of the line.
current (time-limited occurrence of a differential current from
On failure of a bus coupling circuit breaker, the adjacent busbar
the additional stabilization area, see Figure 3.2/19). A shift to
is tripped.
an internal error is reliably detected. The second procedure
works for low-current errors. Due to the DC component in the Capacitor bank differential protection (ANSI 87C)
short-circuit current and remanence of the current trans-
former, phase angle rotations in the secondary current can
• Acquires ground faults and multiphase short-circuits at capac-
itor banks
result. If jumps in the restraint current occur and if DC compo- 3.2
nents are simultaneously detected in the differential current, • Acquires ground faults during the operation of capacitor
an elevation of the operate curve is carried out on a time banks in systems with earthed star point
limited basis. • Features the required stabilization procedures for closing
operations
• Jump monitoring in the restraint current (typically during
startup operations for motors) can also be used to prevent • Secure and very fast tripping in case of internal high-current
overfunction in response to external errors. If a jump is faults using an additional high-current stage.
detected, the operate curve is raised on a time-limited basis. Voltage differential protection for capacitor banks (ANSI
• High-current internal errors are reliably and quickly detected 87V)
by the high-current stage Idiff-fast (see Figure 3.2/20). In The voltage differential protection function is used to detect C-
order to prevent an overfunction, the instantaneous values element faults within a capacitor bank. It can be used if a
from the differential and restraint currents are evaluated. In a voltage tap occurs within the capacitor installation. The function
SIPROTEC 5 ⋅ Devices Protection, Automation and Monitoring ⋅ Catalog SIPROTEC 5.01 - Edition 4 3.2/24
SIPROTEC 5 System
Protection – Fault locator (FL)
calculates the differential voltage based on phase selectivity accuracy on long lines under high load conditions and high fault
between the input voltage multiplied with a scale factor and the resistances is considerably increased.
busbar voltage. Phasor Measurement Unit (PMU)
Fault locator (FL)
Phasor Measurement Units (PMUs) make a valuable contribution
Single-ended fault locator to the dynamic monitoring of transient processes in energy
supply systems. The advantage over standard RMS values is for
The integrated fault locator calculates the fault impedance and
one thing that the phasor values of current and voltage are
the distance-to-fault. The result is specifi ed in ohms, miles, kilo-
transmitted. Secondly, each measured value includes the exact
meters or in percent of the line length. Parallel line and load
time stamp and therefore should be assigned within the trans-
current compensation are also available.
mission path in which it originates independent of the time
Double-ended fault locator (in preparation) delay. The phasors and analog values are transmitted by the
Due to the load current there is an angular displacement PMU with a configurable repetition rate (reporting rate). Due to
between the voltages of both line ends. This angle and possible the high-precision time synchronization (via GPS), the measured
differences in the source impedance angle cause the angular values from different substations that are far removed from
displacement between both line end currents. As a result, the each other are compared, and conclusions about the system
voltage drop across RF (resistance of failure) is affected by this state and dynamic events, such as power fluctuations, are
angle between the currents RF. The single ended measurement drawn from the phase angles and dynamic curves.
cannot compensate for this. The PMU function transmits its data via an integrated Ethernet
As an option for a line with two ends, a fault locator function module using a standardized protocol IEEE C37.118. The evalua-
with measurement at both ends of the line is available. The full tion can be done with a Wide Area Monitoring System (Figure
line model is considered. Thanks to this feature, measuring 3.2/27) for example SIGUARD PDP (Phasor Data Processor).
3.2
[dw_struct_WAM, 1, en_US]
Figure 3.2/27 Use of SIPROTEC 5 devices as Phasor Measurement Units on a SIGUARD PDP evaluation system
3.2/25 SIPROTEC 5 ⋅ Devices Protection, Automation and Monitoring ⋅ Siemens SIPROTEC 5.01 - Edition 4
SIPROTEC 5 System
Control – Transformer voltage controller (ANSI 90V)
SIPROTEC 5 ⋅ Devices Protection, Automation and Monitoring ⋅ Catalog SIPROTEC 5.01 - Edition 4 3.3/1
SIPROTEC 5 System
Automation
[dw_automation, 2, en_US]
3.4/1 SIPROTEC 5 ⋅ Devices Protection, Automation and Monitoring ⋅ Siemens SIPROTEC 5.01 - Edition 4
SIPROTEC 5 System
Monitoring
SIPROTEC 5 ⋅ Devices Protection, Automation and Monitoring ⋅ Catalog SIPROTEC 5.01 - Edition 4 3.5/1
SIPROTEC 5 System
Data Acquisition and Recording
Data Acquisition and Recording in the power frequency. They can be transmitted to central anal-
ysis systems via the high-performance communication system.
Measured values are displayed per-unit quantity both in primary
and secondary values, and also in reference values. These values
are also made available to other applications, for example,
transferred to the systems control or automation tasks.
Up to 40 analog inputs can supplied to each device. Up to
80 analog inputs are supported in the busbar protection
SIPROTEC 7SS85.
The analog inputs of the SIPROTEC 5 devices can be selected
with a corresponding accuracy class and dynamic range suitable
for connection to both protections and measurement cores. The
innovative current terminal technology enables these to be
simply changed later on-site if needed. All analog inputs are
factory calibrated and thereby ensure maximum accuracy.
The following accuracies are typical:
• V, I ≤ 0.1% at frated
• V, I ≤ 0.3% in the expanded frequency range
(frated -10Hz, frated+10Hz)
• P ≤ 0.3% at frated
[dw_data, 2, en_US] • P ≤ 0.5% in the expanded frequency range
(frated -10Hz, frated+10Hz)
Figure 3.6/1 SIPROTEC 5 – functional integration – data acquisition and
logging
• Q ≤ 1.0% at frated
The recorded and logged bay data is comprehensive. It repre- • Q ≤ 1.5% in the expanded frequency range
sents the image and history of the bay. It is also used by the (frated -10Hz, frated+10Hz)
functions in the SIPROTEC 5 device for monitoring, inter-bay and
Separate measuring transducers (analog inputs) are therefore
substation automation tasks. Thus, they represent the basis both
unnecessary. The high-precision measured data enables
for the functions available today and for future applications.
extended energy management and makes commissioning much
Measurement and PMU easier. SIPROTEC 5 thus provides the following measured values
A large number of measured values are derived from the analog for analysis and further processing:
input variables, which supply a current image of the process. • The base measured values with high dynamic range and high
Depending on the device type, the following base measured accuracy (protection-class current transformer)
values are available:
• The base measured values with very high accuracy (instru-
• Operational measured values ment transformer)
• Fundamental phasor and symmetrical components • Synchrophasor measured values with high-precision time
stamping for subsequent tasks such as grid stability moni-
• Protection-specific measured values, for example differential toring.
and restraint current for differential protection
• Detection of current and voltage signals up to the 50th
• Mean values harmonic with high accuracy for selected protection functions
(for example, thermal overload protection, peak overvoltage
• Minimum values and maximum values protection for capacitors) and operational measured values.
• Energy measured values Recorder
• Statistic values In SIPROTEC 5, various data logs and recorders provide recording
large volumes of data. They feature a large number of analog
• Limiting values and binary inputs, and a high sampling frequency. An extremely
Besides the base measured values, synchrophasor measured wide range of records can be converted. Either continuously or
values can also be activated in the devices (application as PMU, as determined by various trigger criteria.
Phase Measurement Unit) Besides storing the data fail-safe on internal storage devices,
3.6 Synchrophasor measured values support a range of applications SIPROTEC 5 devices can also transfer the data to central analysis
for monitoring grid stability. For this purpose, SIPROTEC 5 systems. Consequently, you are able to monitor networks with
devices record the necessary PMU data. These high-precision, regard to typical characteristics.
time-stamped phasors indicate power frequency and the change
3.6/1 SIPROTEC 5 ⋅ Devices Protection, Automation and Monitoring ⋅ Siemens SIPROTEC 5.01 - Edition 4
SIPROTEC 5 System
Data Acquisition and Recording
SIPROTEC 5 ⋅ Devices Protection, Automation and Monitoring ⋅ Catalog SIPROTEC 5.01 - Edition 4 3.6/2
SIPROTEC 5 System
Data Acquisition and Recording
Maintainability
Hardware and software are constantly monitored and irregulari-
ties are detected immediately. In this way, extremely high levels
of security, reliability and availability are achieved at the same
time. Important information about essential maintenance activi-
ties (for example, battery supervision), hardware defects
detected by internal monitoring or compatibility problems are
separately recorded in the diagnostic log. All entries include
specific take-action instructions. The following table provides an
overview of the typical log.
The log entries and fault records are retained even if there is an
outage of the auxiliary and battery voltage.
3.6/3 SIPROTEC 5 ⋅ Devices Protection, Automation and Monitoring ⋅ Siemens SIPROTEC 5.01 - Edition 4
SIPROTEC 5 System
Communication – Plug-in module positions of the device
[dw_Communication, 2, en_US]
[E_CC_USART-AC-2EL_sRGB, 1, --_--]
Figure 3.7/1 SIPROTEC 5 – functional integration – communication
Figure 3.7/2 Serial electrical double module (USART-AC-2EL)
SIPROTEC 5 devices are equipped with high-performance
communication interfaces. These are integrated interfaces or Serial optical 820-nm module
interfaces that are extendable with plug-in modules to provide a
This module exists with 1 (USART-AD-1FO) or 2 (USART-AE-2FO)
high level of security and flexibility. There are various communi-
optical 820-nm interfaces (Figure 3.7/3), with which distances
cation modules available. At the same time, the module is inde-
between 1.5–2 km can be bridged via 62.5-/125-μm multimode
pendent of the protocol used. This can be loaded according to
optical fibers. The optical connection is made via ST connectors.
the application. Particular importance was given to the realiza-
Apart from serial protocols, the synchronous serial protection
tion of full communication redundancy:
interface can be operated on the module, and enables optical
• Several serial and Ethernet-based communication interfaces direct connections via multimode optical fibers. 2 devices can
thus either exchange data, e.g. of the differential protection via
• A large number of serial and Ethernet-based logs (for a short direct connection, or they can be connected through
example, IEC 60870-5-103, DNP3 serial and TCP, Modbus TCP,
communication networks via a 7XV5662 converter. Additionally,
IEC 60870-5-104 and IEC 61850 Ed1 and Ed2)
the module can be connected directly with an optical multi-
• Full availability of the communication ring when the plexer input in accordance with standard IEEE C37.94.
switching cell is enabled for servicing operations
• Ethernet redundancy protocols PRP and HSR
• A large number of plug-in modules having various communi-
cation protocols.
Plug-in module positions of the device
The base module can be extended via module slots E and F. All
available modules can be installed there. The expansion module
CB202 is designed for 3 additional plug-in modules if the two
slots in the base module are not suffi cient. Any additional plug-
3.7
in modules can be installed in slots N and P. Analog expansion
modules can be plugged into slot M. This slot does not support
serial or Ethernet modules.
SIPROTEC 5 ⋅ Devices Protection, Automation and Monitoring ⋅ Catalog SIPROTEC 5.01 - Edition 4 3.7/1
SIPROTEC 5 System
Communication – Plug-in modules for Ethernet
[E_CC_USART-AE-2FO_sRGB, 1, --_--]
Serial optical 1300 nm/1550 nm module Figure 3.7/4 Serial, optical double module for wide-range connections
Long distance modules are used for synchronous serial data via optical fibers ((for module designation see tables "Long
distance modules")
exchange of protection communication via multimode optical
fibers or single mode fibers. They are available with 1 or 2 inter-
faces (Table 3.7/1). The optical connection is made via LC Plug-in modules for Ethernet
duplex plugs.
Ethernet modules are used for Ethernet-based protocol applica-
tions e.g. IEC 61850, IEC 60870-5-104, DNP3 TCP, time synchro-
Optical wavelength Module designation Application
nization via SNTP, network management via SNMP, DIGSI 5 via
with 1 or 2 interfaces
TCP etc. Several applications can run in parallel, whereby
1300 nm USART-AF-1LDFO, max. 24 km via 2
unused applications can be switched off for security reasons.
USART-AU-2LDFO single mode fibers or
max. 4 km via 2 multi- Electrical Ethernet module
mode optical fibers
Electrical Ethernet module The ETH-BA-2EL module has 2 RJ45
1300 nm USART-AG-1LDFO, max. 60 km via single
interfaces (Figure 3.7/5). It can be configured with or without
USART-AV-2LDFO mode fibers
an integrated switch. The maximum electrically permitted
1550 nm USART-AK-1LDFO, 100 km via single
distance via CAT 5 patch cables is 20 m.
USART-AY-2LDFO mode fibers
Table 3.7/1 Long distance modules for different distances for point-to-
point connections with 2 fi bers
Table 3.7/2 WAN modules for point-to-point connections with one fi Optical Ethernet module
ber
3.7 The ETH-BB-2FO module has 2 optical LC duplex 1300 nm inter-
faces (Figure 3.7/6). It can be configured with or without an
integrated switch. The maximum optically permitted distance
via 50/125-μm or 62.5/125-μm multimode optical fibers is 2 km.
3.7/2 SIPROTEC 5 ⋅ Devices Protection, Automation and Monitoring ⋅ Siemens SIPROTEC 5.01 - Edition 4
SIPROTEC 5 System
Communication – Plug-in modules for Ethernet
[E_CC_ETH-BB-2FO_sRGB, 1, --_--]
3.7
SIPROTEC 5 ⋅ Devices Protection, Automation and Monitoring ⋅ Catalog SIPROTEC 5.01 - Edition 4 3.7/3
SIPROTEC 5 System
Communication – Plug-in modules for the communication
Front interface
Physical Connection
USB-A ■
9-pin D-sub socket ■
1 x electrical Ethernet 10/100 Mbps, RJ45 ■
1 x electrical serial RS485, RJ45 ■
2 x electrical serial RS485, RJ45 ■
1 × optical serial, 1.5 km, 820 nm, ST connector ■
2 × optical serial, 1.5 km, 820 nm, ST connector ■
2 x electrical Ethernet 10/100 Mbps, RJ45, 20 m ■
2 × optical Ethernet 100 Mbps, 2 km, 1300 nm, LC duplex plug ■
Applications
DIGSI 5 protocol ■ ■ ■ ■
IRIG-B, DCF77, high-precision 1 pps ■
IEC 61850-8-1 server (including GOOSE, reporting to 6 clients) ■ ■ ■
IEC 60870-5-103 ■ ■ ■ ■
IEC 60870-5-104 ■ ■
IEC 60870-5-104 + IEC 61850-8-1 server (including GOOSE, reporting ■ ■
to 2 clients)
DNP3 serial ■ ■ ■ ■
DNP3 TCP ■ ■
DNP3 TCP + IEC 61850-8-1 server (including GOOSE, reporting to ■ ■
2 clients)
Modbus TCP ■ ■
Modbus TCP + IEC 61850-8-1 server (including GOOSE, reporting to 2 ■ ■
clients)
Synchrophasor (IEEE C37.118-IP) ■ ■
Protection interface (Sync. HDLC, IEEE C37.94) * ■ ■
Slave unit protocol (connection to 20 mA box or temp. box) ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
Additional Ethernet protocols and services
DHCP, DCP (automatic IP configuration) ■ ■ ■
RSTP, PRP, and HSR (Ethernet redundancy) ■ ■
SNTP (time synchronization over Ethernet) ■ ■ ■
SNMP V3 (network management protocol) ■ ■
IEEE 1588 (time synchronization via Ethernet) ■ ■
Diagnosis: Ethernet module homepage (http) ■ ■
Note: The USART and ETH plug-in module types may be used in slots E and F in the base module as well as in slots N and P in the CB202 expansion
module. They are not intended for use in slot M in the CB202 expansion module.
* Additional plug-in modules for protection interface: see next table
3.7/4 SIPROTEC 5 ⋅ Devices Protection, Automation and Monitoring ⋅ Siemens SIPROTEC 5.01 - Edition 4
SIPROTEC 5 System
Communication – Plug-in modules for the communication
Physical Connection
1 × optical serial, 1300 nm, LC duplex plug, 24 km (single-mode fiber), 4 km ■
(multi-mode fiber)
2 × optical serial, 1300 nm, LC duplex plug, 24 km (single-mode fiber), 4 km ■
(multi-mode fiber)
1 × optical serial, 1300 nm, LC duplex plug, 60 km (single-mode fiber) ■
2 × optical serial, 300 nm, LC duplex plug, 60 km (single-mode fiber) ■
1 × optical serial, 1550 nm, LC duplex plug, 100 km (single-mode fiber) ■
2 × optical serial, 1550 nm, LC duplex plug, 100 km (single-mode fiber) ■
1 × optical serial, bi-directional via 1 optical fiber, 1300 nm / 1550<nm, LC ■
simplex plug, 40 km (single-mode fiber) 1)
1 × optical serial, bi-directional via 1 optical fiber, 1550 nm / 1300 nm, LC ■
simplex plug, 40 km (single-mode fiber) 2)
2 × optical serial, bi-directional via 1 optical fiber, 1300 nm / 1550 nm, ■
2 x LC simplex plug, 40 km (single-mode fiber) 3)
2 × optical serial, bi-directional via 1 optical fiber, 1550 nm / 1300 nm, ■
2 x LC simplex plug, 40 km (single-mode fiber) 4)
Application
Protection Interface ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
Notes:
The USART plug-in module types can be used in slots E and F in the base module as well as in slots N and P in the CB202 expansion module. They are not
intended for use in slot M in the CB202 expansion module.
The plug-in modules of types ANAI and ARC can be used in both slots in the base module (ports E and F), as well as in all slots in the expansion module
CB202 (ports M, N and P).
1) USART-AH-1LDFO only pairs with USART-AJ-1LDFO or USART-AY-2LDFO
2) USART-AJ-1LDFO only pairs with USART-AH-1LDFO or USART-AX-2LDFO
3) USART-AW-2LDFO only pairs with USART-AJ-1LDFO or USART-AX-2LDFO
4) USART-AX-2LDFO only pairs with USART-AH-1LDFO or USART-AX-2LDFO
Table 3.7/4 Plug-in modules for applications with the protection interface and for other applications
3.7
SIPROTEC 5 ⋅ Devices Protection, Automation and Monitoring ⋅ Catalog SIPROTEC 5.01 - Edition 4 3.7/5
SIPROTEC 5 System
Communication – Plug-in modules for additional applications
Plug-in module for additional applications Module type: ANAI-CA-4EL Module type: ARC-CD-3FO
Physical Connection
8-pin screw-type terminal strip ■
3 x optical (for point sensor) ■
Applications
Measuring transducer, 4 inputs, DC ±20mA ■
Arc protection ■
3.7/6 SIPROTEC 5 ⋅ Devices Protection, Automation and Monitoring ⋅ Siemens SIPROTEC 5.01 - Edition 4
SIPROTEC 5 System
Communication – Serial IEC 60870-5-103 protocol
SIPROTEC 5 ⋅ Devices Protection, Automation and Monitoring ⋅ Catalog SIPROTEC 5.01 - Edition 4 3.7/7
SIPROTEC 5 System
Communication – SUP – Slave Unit Protocol
[dw_central.vsd, 1, en_US]
SUP – Slave Unit Protocol second server. In addition to Ethernet modules, SNTP can also
be used via the integrated Ethernet interface (port J).
This Siemens-specific protocol is used to read out external
20 mA devices (20 mA Box) or temperature sensing devices Time synchronization with IEEE 1588
(thermo box) serially or via Ethernet. These devices are available
For greater precision of time synchronization via Ethernet, the
as accessories to expand SIPROTEC 5 devices with analog inter-
IEEE 1588 protocol is available. It can be activated on electrical
faces. The measured values of these devices can be further
or optical Ethernet modules. The precondition is that the
processed in the SIPROTEC 5 device or are used for protection
network components, e.g. switches, support the protocol and
functions such as overload protection or hot spot calculation of
special IEEE 1588 time servers are present in the network. With
transformers.
IEEE 1588, the signal propagation times of the time synchroni-
Further Ethernet-based protocols and services zation telegrams in the Ethernet network are measured so that
the terminal devices, e.g. SIPROTEC 5 receive time information
Besides the actual protocol application, these services can run in
that is corrected by the signal propagation time, providing more
parallel on an Ethernet module, and can be switched on and off
precise timing than SNTP. The Power Profi le IEEE 1588 C37.238
by the user with DIGSI 5.
is supported and the devices function as ordinary clocks (termi-
Ethernet redundancy with RSTP, PRP and HSR nals) in the network.
The electrical and optical Ethernet module supports with the Network monitoring with SNMP
redundancy protocol (RSTP, HSR) the construction of redundant
The device can be integrated in network monitoring or network
ring structures. With HSR, uninterruptible ring redundancy is
management systems via the SNMP V3 protocol. Extensive
achieved with up to 50 devices in the ring. PRP enables uninter-
monitoring variables, e.g. the state of the Ethernet interfaces,
ruptible communication via parallel networks. These methods
their data throughput etc., can be made known to the moni-
can be activated via parameters. They are independent of the
toring system via MIB (Management Information Base) fi es.
substation automation protocol or the chosen auxiliary services.
These variables are described in data-specific terms in MIB files
Time synchronization with SNTP and can be cyclically read out and monitored by the monitoring
The device can poll the absolute time from 1 or 2 time servers system. No values can be changed in the device via SNMP. It
via an SNTP server, e.g.in the hardened unit 7SC80. In redun- serves exclusively as a diagnosis interface.
dant operation, both servers are read and the time of the 1st Transfer of data via the protection communication
3.7
server is used for setting the device clock with a precision of
The protection interface and protection topology enable data
1 ms. If this server fails, time synchronization takes place via the
exchange between devices via synchronous serial point-to-point
3.7/8 SIPROTEC 5 ⋅ Devices Protection, Automation and Monitoring ⋅ Siemens SIPROTEC 5.01 - Edition 4
SIPROTEC 5 System
Communication – Transfer of data via the protection communication
• Topology data and values are exchanged for monitoring and Figure 3.7/11 Protection communication via a communication network
testing the connection. with X21 or G703.1 (64 Kbps / G703.6 (2 Mbit)) interface
[dw_Wirkkom-Kupferverbindung, 2, en_US]
[dw_wirkkom-diff-BI, 1, en_US]
the same time, any binary information and measured values can Figure 3.7/13 Protection communication via an IEEE C37.94 (2 Mbps)
be transferred between the devices. Even connections with low interface – direct optical fiber connection to a multiplexer
bandwidth, such as 64 Kbps, can be used for this. Protection
interfaces that mainly serve to transfer data for the differential
protection are designated type 1 links and are used in the
SIPROTEC 7SD8 and 7SL8 devices. Connections for transferring
any data that can be configured in the other devices (for
example, SIPROTEC 7SA8, 7SJ8) are type 2. The protection inter-
faces must be of the same type on both sides.
The figures Figure 3.7/11 to Figure 3.7/16 show possible
communication variants for establishing protection communica-
tions. 3.7
SIPROTEC 5 ⋅ Devices Protection, Automation and Monitoring ⋅ Catalog SIPROTEC 5.01 - Edition 4 3.7/9
SIPROTEC 5 System
Communication – Ethernet – network topologies
[dw_Wirkkom-Singlemodefaser-Repeater.vsd, 2, en_US]
[dw_Wirkkom-Singlemodefaser.vsd, 2, en_US]
[dw_SIP5-0032, 2, en_US]
Figure 3.7/16 Protection communication via a single-mode fiber
Figure 3.7/18 Ring operation with integrated switch and ring redun-
dancy
Ethernet – network topologies
Regardless of the selected protocol (IEC 61850, DNP3 TCP), the Serial redundancy
electrical and optical Ethernet module are supported by
Redundant connection to 2 substation controllers, for example,
different network topologies.
SICAM PAS, is possible via 2 independent, serial plug-in modules
If the module works without an integrated switch that can be or a serial double module. For example, the serial protocol
switched off through DIGSI 5, it is connected to external IEC 60870-5-103 or the serial protocol DNP3 can run on the
3.7 switches individually or redundantly. In the case of a double modules. Also mixed operation is possible. Figure 3.7/19 shows
connection, only one interface processes the protocol applica- a serial optical network that connects each of the serial protocol
tions (for example, IEC 61850). The 2nd interface works in (hot interfaces of the device to a master. The transfer occurs interfer-
3.7/10 SIPROTEC 5 ⋅ Devices Protection, Automation and Monitoring ⋅ Siemens SIPROTEC 5.01 - Edition 4
SIPROTEC 5 System
Communication – Redundancy in communication
[dw_SIP5-0046, 2, en_US]
A serial protocol can be run 2 times on a double module. But it The same information (Ethernet telegram) is thus transmitted
can also be implemented on 2 modules. Different serial proto- via two different information routes. The receiver utilizes the
cols can be run in the device simultaneously, for example, DNP3 first telegram to arrive and discards the second. If the first tele-
and IEC 103. Communication occurs with one or more masters. gram does not arrive, the second one is still available and is
used. This mechanism is based on the Ethernet stack, which
The Ethernet module can be plugged into the device one or assigns the same MAC address to the two telegrams.
more times. This allows the same or different protocol applica-
tions to be executed multiple times. For IEC 61850, several • PRP uses two independent Ethernet systems. Although this
networks are possible, for example, one for client-server doubles the effort for equipping the network along with the
communication to a system controller and a second for the associated costs, the design is simple.
GOOSE connections between the devices that could be assigned • HSR operates according to the same principle, but one of the
to the process bus (Figure 3.7/20). Through the client-server Ethernet networks is designed in a ring configuration. The
architecture of IEC 61850, one server (device) can simultane- same information (Ethernet telegram) is transmitted in both
ously send reports to a maximum of 6 clients. The doubling of directions of the ring, and the receiver receives it from both
the interfaces on the Ethernet module enables the establish- sides of the ring. This means somewhat greater expenditure
ment of redundant network structures, for example, optical on equipment, but saves on the costs for a second Ethernet
rings or the redundant connection to 2 switches. network.
Protection interfaces can be implemented in double. If one The procedures can be activated via a setting parameter and do
connection fails, a switch is made to the second connection. not have any other parameters. They are therefore easy to set
up. The number of network users is limited in both procedures
to a maximum of 512.
HSR and PRP can be combined using so-called Redboxes (redun-
dancy boxes). This cost efficient solution according to can be
designed in the following manner:
• 2 switches in the control center
• 2 switches in the bay
• 2 Redboxes (RB) per HSR ring 3.7
SIPROTEC 5 ⋅ Devices Protection, Automation and Monitoring ⋅ Catalog SIPROTEC 5.01 - Edition 4 3.7/11
SIPROTEC 5 System
Communication – Process bus – IEC 61850-9-2
[Sip5_Prozessbusloesung_front, 1, --_--]
3.7
Figure 3.7/23 Process bus solution IEC 61850-9-2: SIPROTEC 5 device
with merging units SIPROTEC 7SC805
3.7/12 SIPROTEC 5 ⋅ Devices Protection, Automation and Monitoring ⋅ Siemens SIPROTEC 5.01 - Edition 4
SIPROTEC 5 System
Communication – Arrangement relative to parallel operation in the feeder with process bus
[dw_Komm-protokoll_Stationsleittechnik, 2, en_US]
Figure 3.7/25 Communication protocols in the substation automation technology and in network control systems
3.7
SIPROTEC 5 ⋅ Devices Protection, Automation and Monitoring ⋅ Catalog SIPROTEC 5.01 - Edition 4 3.7/13
SIPROTEC 5 System
Safety and Security Concept – Safety
• Security concept in device design • Storage of calibration data in the analog acquisition module
enables completely safe exchange or extensions within the
• Information security against IT attacks (IT threats from module unit.
the outside)
• Fully pluggable terminals and plug-in module mean that a
wiring test is no longer necessary when devices or modules
Safety
are replaced.
Multilayer safety mechanisms
• Now that the current transformer is integrated in the terminal
Safety comprises all aspects of protection for personnel and block (Safety CT-Plug), open secondary current circuits cannot
primary equipment installations. The devices and DIGSI 5 occur anymore during replacement of a device or a module.
support this from the functional standpoint. Cyber security When the terminal is pulled out, the transformer is always
measures ensure secure operations in networks. The manufac- opened on the safe, secondary circuit.
turer can support the user with these measures. The responsi-
bility to implement a comprehensive cyber security concept lies
• The device does not need to be opened to adjust binary input
thresholds or adapt them to the rated current of the trans-
with the operator of the system. The concept must consider all former (1 A, 5 A). The device does not need to be opened to
system components with regards to all technical aspects of replace the battery or change the plug-in modules.
Cyber security.
Safety in the hardware design
• The device system consisting of configured hardware building
blocks, each with its own cooling system, reduces thermal
[dw_safety-security, 1, en_US]
3.8/1 SIPROTEC 5 ⋅ Devices Protection, Automation and Monitoring ⋅ Siemens SIPROTEC 5.01 - Edition 4
SIPROTEC 5 System
Safety and Security Concept – Safety
functions are primarily dedicated to the commissioning (incor- Monitoring of protection interfaces
rect or missing connections) and only generate a warning indi-
cation. These include:
• 32-bit CRC checksum monitoring compliant with CCITT/ ITU
for detecting corrupted telegrams
• Current and voltage balance • Invalid telegrams are fl agged and are not used by the protec-
tion system
• Current and voltage sum
• Phase-rotation supervision. • Sporadic interference is ignored, persistent interference trig-
gers blocking of the affected protection (differential protec-
Other monitoring functions detect outages during operation tion) and control functions
and rapidly initiate blocking of the affected functions: • Propagation times are measured and taken into account for
purposes of differential protection
• Fuse failure monitor (loss of voltage)
• The topology of the protected area is monitored. Outages in
• Fast current sum supervision and broken wire monitoring for the communication connections automatically trigger
the power circuits. switching to other communication paths (ring to chain opera-
In addition, the proper working method of all analog-digital tion or hot standby), or otherwise to blocking the entire
converters is assured by plausibility monitoring at the sampling protected area. The same applies if outage of a device in the
level. topology is detected.
Tripping circuit monitoring (ANSI 74TC) Monitoring of IEC 61850 GOOSE messages
The circuit-breaker coil and its feed lines are monitored via two • CRC checksum monitoring, sequence number monitoring and
binary inputs. If the tripping circuit is interrupted, and alarm repetition time monitoring for detecting incorrect or missing
indication is generated. telegrams
Communication connections • Applications consider the state of GOOSE messages that are
corrupt or transmitted under test conditions and switch to
Telegrams are monitored for correct transmission. Faults are
safe mode.
reported via warning messages. Data associated with protection
and control is transmitted via protection interfaces and IEC
61850 GOOSE messages. The transmitted information is also
monitored constantly on the receiving side.
[dw_ueberw-analog-eingang-bei-ADU, 1, en_US]
Figure 3.8/2 Monitoring of analog input circuits for malfunctions during analog-to-digital conversion
Load management and guarantee secure operation. This is particularly critical when
protection and control-related data is transmitted via protection
The free confi gurability of protection functions and function
interfaces and IEC 61850 GOOSE messages. But it applies
charts (CFC) enables them to be adapted to an enormous range
equally for signal processing in the function charts (CFC).
of applications. During engineering with DIGSI 5, the integrated
load model calculates the resulting device load. This ensures
that only viable confi gurations can be loaded into the device.
Standardized management of device modes
Test modes and the health status of information are forwarded
and handled uniformly and consistently throughout the entire 3.8
system. Analysis functions take the modes into consideration
SIPROTEC 5 ⋅ Devices Protection, Automation and Monitoring ⋅ Catalog SIPROTEC 5.01 - Edition 4 3.8/2
SIPROTEC 5 System
Safety and Security Concept – Cyber Security
Cyber Security transmitted data are ensured. This hinders manipulation and
unauthorized access of the data.
Establishment of connection after password verification
Optionally, a connection password can be set up on the device.
Remote access via the Ethernet cannot take place until the user
enters the password. Only after the connection has been estab-
lished does the user have read/write access to the device. This
connection password conforms to the cyber security require-
ments for assigning passwords defined in NERC CIP. It has 8 to
30 characters and must include upper and lower case letters,
digits and special characters. Through this secure transmission
protocol, the integrity and confidentiality of the transmitted
data are ensured. This hinders manipulation and unauthorized
access of the data.
Greater safety via confirmation ID
Safety prompts must be answered for safety-relevant actions,
such as changing parameters, in order to obtain write access to
the device. These safety prompts can be configured by the user,
and may be different for different fields of application.
Secure logging
Unsuccessful and unauthorized access attempts are also
recorded and an alarm can be triggered by an independent tele-
[dw_cyber-security, 2, en_US]
control link. The execution of safety-critical actions is logged.
Figure 3.8/3 SIPROTEC 5 – functional integration – Cyber security These log entries are safeguarded against deletion. They can be
transmitted to the substation automation unit and archived
With the increasing integration of bay devices in Ethernet-based there.
communication networks, communication must be secured
Integrity protection for files
against internal disturbances and attacks from outside. Stand-
ards and directives such as NERC CIP (North American Electric All files that can be loaded into the device via DIGSI 5 are digi-
Reliability Corporation – Critical Infrastructure Protection) and tally signed. In this way, corruption from outside by viruses or
the BDEW white paper (Requirements for Secure Control and trojans, for example from maliciously manipulated firmware
Telecommunications Systems of the Bundesverband der files, is reliably prevented.
Energie- und Wasserwirtschaft e.V) contain requirements for the Secure standard configuration
safe operation of devices in the critical communications infra-
structure, and are directed at both manufacturers and operators. By default only the connection of DIGSI 5 is enabled in the
device. All other Ethernet services and their ports are deacti-
Cyber Security must be incorporated into the design of devices vated by default in the device and can be enabled with DIGSI 5.
right from the start. This has been carried out systematically in If, for example, only the ring redundancy protocol RSTP is used,
the case of SIPROTEC 5. Measures in the hardware ensure that then as the user you enable this with DIGSI 5 (Figure 3.8/4). The
key material for protecting the communication and datasets of a secure standard configuration provides a potential attacker no
device is stored in absolute security. Communication stacks that open interfaces and only services that are really in use are acti-
are hardened against cyber attacks, a multistage access concept vated in a network.
in operation and permanent logging of all authorized and unau-
thorized access attempts and of critical cyber security actions It is often not desirable to have to enter connection passwords
provide the operator with a high degree of cyber security when and confirmation IDs during the configuration and testing
the devices are integrated in the operator's network. phase. During operation, however, the focus is on the reading
of data. Comprehensive access security can be deactivated in
By default only the connection of DIGSI 5 is enabled in the the device until commissioning has been completed and then
device. All other Ethernet services and their ports are deacti- reactivated for operation.
vated by default in the device and can be enabled with DIGSI5 .
If, for example, only the ring redundancy protocol RSTP is used,
then as the user you enable this with DIGSI 5 (Figure 3.8/4). The
secure standard configuration provides a potential attacker no
open interfaces and only services that are really in use are acti-
vated in a network.
Authentication
Secure authentication takes place between the device and
DIGSI 5. This precludes another program from accessing the
devices and reading or writing data there. Through this secure
3.8
transmission protocol, the integrity and confidentiality of the
3.8/3 SIPROTEC 5 ⋅ Devices Protection, Automation and Monitoring ⋅ Siemens SIPROTEC 5.01 - Edition 4
SIPROTEC 5 System
Safety and Security Concept – Cyber Security
[onlyRSTP_de, 1, en_US]
with valuable hints in integrating devices in your network and Figure 3.8/5 Secure operation of devices within switchgear with remote
operating them securely. An overall security concept should be access from an external network
drawn up and maintained in a "Spanning Security Blueprint".
This documents typical network configurations, the services The technical control network and the network for remote
used, and their ports. Measures for updating the components access can also be separated entirely by appropriate selection of
that are critical for cyber security, password protection and anti- an independent Ethernet port for communication between the
virus protection are also described. device and DIGSI 5. This falls within the scope of the operator's
Figure 3.8/5 shows a recommendation of this kind for philosophy. With their concept of pluggable modules, the
protecting switchgear. The SIPROTEC 5 devices are integrated in devices also enable solutions with separate networks. An exten-
optical Ethernet rings via switches. In these rings, each Ethernet- sive range of cyber security features have been integrated in
based substation automation protocol, for example, IEC 61850 SIPROTEC 5 and DIGSI 5, and these are described in the next
or DNP3 TCP and the systems control run without loss of section.
performance. Accesses from a non-secure external network are Security patch management (security updates) for DIGSI 5
allowed via a gateway that is responsible for safeguarding the
network. The accessing party is authenticated, for example, by In response to the requirements for protecting power plants,
DIGSI 5, in the gateway, and communication is encrypted via “patch management” was introduced for DIGSI 5. This means
VPN. This is fully supported by the communication services of that regular security updates for the software components from
DIGSI 5. third-party vendors integrated into DIGSI 5 or used by DIGSI 5
are tested for compatibility with DIGSI 5. A list of available
security updates and compatibility notes is made available for
downloading in the Internet and is updated at monthly intervals
3.8
SIPROTEC 5 ⋅ Devices Protection, Automation and Monitoring ⋅ Catalog SIPROTEC 5.01 - Edition 4 3.8/4
SIPROTEC 5 System
Test – DIGSI 5 Test Suite
in a simulation mode. For this, the analog and binary inputs are
3.9 SIPROTEC 5 devices are equipped with extensive test and
decoupled from the process and connected to the integrated
diagnostic functions. These are available to users in
test sequencer.
SIPROTEC 5 in conjunction with DIGSI 5, and they shorten
the testing and commissioning phase significantly. The tester uses DIGSI 5 to create a test sequence, for example, a
short-circuit sequence, loads it into the device and runs it in
The DIGSI 5 Test Suite offers:
simulation mode. The test sequencer in DIGSI 5 is capable of
• Simulation of binary signals and analog sequences by combining up to six test steps in one test sequence. When
integrated test equipment loaded into the device, this test sequence is run in real time and
• Hardware and wiring test simulates the functions of the device like a real process at binary
and analog inputs. Protection functions, control, logic functions,
• Testing device functionality and protection functions and communication can thus be tested in real time without
secondary test equipment.
• Circuit-breaker test and AR test functions
The test sequence is started manually from DIGSI 5 or controlled
• Communication test including loop test via a binary input. This also makes it possible to test the interac-
tion between several devices.
• Analysis of logic diagrams
Hardware and wiring test
DIGSI 5 Test Suite In the hardware test, the state of the binary inputs can be read
The objective of the extensive test and diagnostic functions that out by DIGSI 5, and contacts and LEDs can be switched or routed
are made available to the user with SIPROTEC 5 together with through DIGSI 5 for test purposes.
DIGSI 5 is to shorten testing and commissioning times. All test The parameters measured at voltage and current inputs are
functions are integrated in DIGSI 5. This enables engineering represented in phasor diagrams – divided according to magni-
including the device test to be carried out with one tool. The tude and phase angle (Figure 3.9/2). Thus it is easy to detect
most important functions should be listed as examples here. and check if the connections in the measurand wiring are trans-
There are also other specific test functions depending on the posed, as well as the vector group or the direction between
device type. current and voltage. In devices that are connected via protection
interfaces, even analog measurement points of remote ends can
be represented as vectors. This makes it easy to check the
stability of a differential protection.
In the wiring test, the wiring connections between devices are
tested. If the devices are connected to a network via Ethernet,
this test can be carried out with unprecedented ease. For this,
the contact on a device is closed with the aid of DIGSI 5. This
contact is connected to a binary input of one or more
SIPROTEC 5 devices via a wire connection. These automatically
send a report to DIGSI 5 to the effect that the binary input has
been picked up by the closing of the contact. The tester can
then log this test and check the wiring between the devices.
[dw_test, 1, en_US]
3.9/1 SIPROTEC 5 ⋅ Devices Protection, Automation and Monitoring ⋅ Siemens SIPROTEC 5.01 - Edition 4
SIPROTEC 5 System
Test – Testing device functionality and protection functions
Testing device functionality and protection functions transmitting side Tx of an interface, and these are measured
3.9
again at the receiving interface Rx. The user thus has the capa-
The graphical representation of characteristic curves or
bility to insert loops at various points in the communication
diagrams of protection functions not only help the engineer
network and to test the connection of the loop. The number of
who parameterizes the test functions, but also the engineer
telegrams sent, received and corrupted is displayed continu-
who tests them (Figure 3.9/3).
ously in DIGSI 5, so that the quality of the connection can be
In this test, the operating point of a protection function is repre- monitored.
sented graphically in the diagrams, e.g., the calculated impe-
dance of a distance protection in the zone diagram. Additionally,
messages relating to the protection function are logged, e.g.
pickup or operate.
This test can be carried out with signals from the process or with
the test equipment integrated in the device.
[dw_loop-test, 2, en_US]
Switching sequences can be initiated via DIGSI 5 to test the For the protocol test, specific signal values are set and reset
automatic reclosing (AR). However, this is only possible if using DIGSI 5 (Figure 3.9/5). The test mode itself is configu-
remote switching via the key switch is permitted. In addition, a rable. The device sends the selected value to the client using the
safety prompt (confirmation ID) must be entered for switching configured communication protocol, for example IEC 61850. In
authorization via DIGSI 5. this case, a report is generated or a GOOSE message is sent
automatically when this information is switched correspond-
There are additional safety prompts for non-interlocked
ingly.
switching. This provides protection against unauthorized use or
inadvertent actuation during operation. A circuit-breaker test The device can be used to test systems control information for
can also be deactivated and activated without an interlocking all protocols (for example, IEC 61850, IEC 60870-5-103, serial
check. DNP3, DNP3 TCP) without the going through the process of
generating signal states with test equipment. Signals that that
Communication testing
are transmitted across protection interfaces can also be tested.
Since communication is an integral component of the devices
and they are interconnected either directly or via substation
control system, they must be thoroughly tested at commis-
sioning and monitored continuously during operation. The inte-
grated test tools assist the user in ensuring that the communica-
tion routes are tested and monitored efficiently.
Loop test for the communication connections
This test is launched by DIGSI 5 for a communication module
and a selected interface if a protection interface is configured at
a remote line end. It is used to detect disturbances in subsec-
tions when inspecting the physical connection of the communi-
cation route (Figure 3.9/4). Test telegrams are sent from the
SIPROTEC 5 ⋅ Devices Protection, Automation and Monitoring ⋅ Catalog SIPROTEC 5.01 - Edition 4 3.9/2
SIPROTEC 5 System
Test – Test and display of external timers
tion charts (CFC) can thus be created offline in the office and
3.9
tested without using a device.
[Protokolltest, 1, en_US]
[Interlocking, 1, en_US]
Test and display of external timers
Figure 3.9/7 Easy analysis of function charts
If the system time of the device is set externally using 1 or 2
timers, this time can be read out in the device or with DIGSI 5.
When the time protocol returns these values, it indicates which Using the DIGSI 5 Test Suite means:
timer is setting the system time and issues a statement
regarding the quality of the time source. Synchronization via
• Considerably shorter testing and commissioning time
external clocks can thus be monitored and displayed during • Having commissioning support personnel in the adjacent
operation (Figure 3.9/6). substation is not absolutely necessary
• All test routines performed are documented
• Testing using secondary test equipment is for the most
part unnecessary
[DIGSI5_TimeSynch, 1, en_US]
3.9/3 SIPROTEC 5 ⋅ Devices Protection, Automation and Monitoring ⋅ Siemens SIPROTEC 5.01 - Edition 4
SIPROTEC 5 System
Engineering – Product selection via the order configurator
SIPROTEC 5 ⋅ Devices Protection, Automation and Monitoring ⋅ Catalog SIPROTEC 5.01 - Edition 4 3.10/1
SIPROTEC 5 System
Engineering – Product selection via the order configurator
3.10
[Konfiguration_2, 1, en_US]
3.10/2 SIPROTEC 5 ⋅ Devices Protection, Automation and Monitoring ⋅ Siemens SIPROTEC 5.01 - Edition 4
SIPROTEC 5 System
Engineering – DIGSI 5
3.10
SIPROTEC 5 ⋅ Devices Protection, Automation and Monitoring ⋅ Catalog SIPROTEC 5.01 - Edition 4 3.10/3
SIPROTEC 5 System
Engineering – DIGSI 5
for changing protection parameters, for configuring communi- well as circuit breakers). Thus, a topological reference is created.
cation mappings or for creating function charts (CFC). Setting values of the transformers (primary and secondary rated
values, as well as the neutral point formation with current trans-
3.10 In the lower area of the screen view, you can quickly and
formers) can then be adopted from the single-line diagram.
conveniently access the properties of all elements (for example,
with circuit breakers or signals). This area also contains lists with Design of user-defined control displays
warnings and errors.
With the display editor you can create or change the factory-set
The libraries are particularly important in DIGSI 5. They are displays, known as control displays. The editor assists you in a
located on the right and contain everything that is used in the typical workflow. You simply decide which fields of your already
editors. Here you select the required scope and insert it into created single-line diagram are to be used for the display pages
your project. When configuring the hardware, you can select – and that is all there is to it. Naturally, the displays can also be
different hardware components, for example, a communication completely newly created or imported. To do this, drag a signal
module. On the other hand, if you are working with function from the library to a dynamic element in the display and the
charts (CFC), you select the corresponding logical building connection is created. Besides the use of icons in accordance
blocks and select the required functionality while configuring with the IEC and ANSI standards, you can create your own static
the protection scope. For this purpose, you move the elements or dynamic icons in an icon editor.
to the position of the editor where you need them. Routing and assignment
Visual definition of the primary topology in single lines
The routing matrix is one of the most important functionalities
The single-line diagram describes the primary topology of your of DIGSI 5. It is conveniently divided between 2 editors: "Infor-
system. (Figure 3.10/4). For this, simply select the correct mation routing" and "communication mapping". Both views are
single-line template from the library. Further processing, for designed such that you can quickly complete your task. With
example, an extension, is possible without difficulty. DIGSI 5 pre-defined or user-defined filters, you reduce the displayed
contains a library with elements that are familiar to you from information to a minimum. As in Excel, you can select which
the ANSI and ISO standards. information is to be displayed for each column (Figure 3.10/6).
In the matrix, all signals are sorted according to function and
function groups. Sources and targets are displayed as columns.
The scope reaches from the compressed form of representation
to a detailed representation of information in which you can
view and change each piece of information (routing to binary
inputs and outputs, LEDs, logs, etc.) in different columns. In this
way, all information can be configured very simply.
For communication mapping all necessary settings are already
populated for the selected protocol. You can adapt these simply
and quickly to your needs.
With a large selection of filters and the option to open and close
rows and columns, you will find it easy to display only the infor-
mation that you need.
Saving time is a priority with DIGSI 5. All table-based data
displays furnish the functionality to fill adjacent cells with a
single mouse-click – in the same way you know from Excel.
[SLE_two_bays, 1, en_US]
3.10/4 SIPROTEC 5 ⋅ Devices Protection, Automation and Monitoring ⋅ Siemens SIPROTEC 5.01 - Edition 4
SIPROTEC 5 System
Engineering – DIGSI 5
[Change_CT_ratio, 1, en_US]
[CFC, 1, en_US]
SIPROTEC 5 ⋅ Devices Protection, Automation and Monitoring ⋅ Catalog SIPROTEC 5.01 - Edition 4 3.10/5
SIPROTEC 5 System
Engineering – DIGSI 5
3.10
Figure 3.10/8 Easy parameter setting Figure 3.10/9 Definition of test sequences for comprehensive tests of
device configurations
Cooperating in teams
Improve your engineering performance by cooperating in
teams. Using extensive export and import functions, one crew
can define the protection parameters and work on the routing
settings while others set system interface parameters. The indi-
vidual areas can be updated at any time with new entries of
colleagues. For example, when the protection parameter crew
has updated its data, this data can be adopted into the project.
Comprehensive testing support during commissioning and
operation
The testing and diagnostic functions assist you in the commis-
sioning phase. You can thus quickly and simply test the wiring
or observe the effect that a message carried over the system
interface has in the superordinate station. The error messages
that are recorded in the event of a disturbance of the protected
object in the relay are listed in DIGSI 5 and can be displayed,
saved and printed for documentation purposes.
The new testing options are an innovation. Multi-level test [Grafische_Konfiguration, 1, en_US]
sequences can be defined (even for phasor factors) via a
Figure 3.10/10 Graphical configuration of network connections
sequence functionality. These are loaded into the device with
between devices
DIGSI 5 and simulate the physical inputs there. These are then
executed in the device via the integrated test sequencer, which
Direct online access of all accessible devices
simulates the analog process values. In this way, you can define
and execute complex checks for testing your project engi- DIGSI 5 also assists you in your workflow if your devices engi-
neering and logic at an early stage. neered offline are connected to the devices in your plant in your
system. In DIGSI 5, all devices accessible via communication
With the test and diagnostic functions, extensive test equipment
interfaces are displayed immediately next to your offline
is no longer necessary or its tests are reduced to a minimum.
devices. The preferred communication in networks is Ethernet.
Processes that were developed for testing special protection
Naturally, you can individually access devices via a USB inter-
principles, such as for line differential protection, can be found
face. In order to work with a physical device, connect the online
in the appropriate device manual. The function chart (CFC)
device and offline configuration via drag and drop, and you are
editor also offers new analysis functions. DIGSI 5 thus enables
done.
offline debugging of logic plans as well as tracing of measured
values – both in the representation of the logic plan and in the Besides transferring the device configuration to individual
representation of lists. This reduces overall testing effort during devices, you can also automatically transfer all device configura-
commissioning. The results of the function chart (CFC) analysis tions to your devices.
can also be represented after completion of the test sequence, Besides online access, in addition to reading fault records and
for example, with the assistance of SIGRA. Thus, even complex message logs, you can also display measured values and
runtime relations can easily be analyzed. messages. You can save snapshots of measured values and
3.10/6 SIPROTEC 5 ⋅ Devices Protection, Automation and Monitoring ⋅ Siemens SIPROTEC 5.01 - Edition 4
SIPROTEC 5 System
Engineering – IEC 61850 - Ethernet-based substation automation protocol
messages in archives for subsequent analysis or for docu- neering of the devices. Similarly, you can export the settings
menting tests of temporary operating states or commissioning. data to other applications for further processing. It is thus easy
Openness through import and export to exchange data with other power distribution applications, for
3.10
example, network calculations, protection data administration/
DIGSI 5 offers a broad spectrum of exchange formats. These evaluation and data for the protection function test.
include the standard formats of IEC 61850 as well as the
With Siemens ENEAS Generic Solutions, Siemens is taking the
uniform data exchange format TEAX of Siemens Energy Auto-
next step forwards and offers a modular system with defined
mation Tools. This XML-based format is the foundation for all
templates, consisting of precise definitions and ready-made
import-export scenarios and ensures efficient workflows in the
project engineering and documentation solutions for configura-
engineering process. Since data must only be entered once,
tions, SIPROTEC bay devices, SICAM station units, operating
engineering effort is reduced and you profit from consistent
management, for functions and communication. The result is
data quality at all levels of automation.
that all project phases from planning to commissioning, as well
Besides efficient data exchange for the levels of power automa- as all upgrades, expansions and maintenance, are more effi-
tion, the XML data format also supports easy exchange of data cient.
with other applications.
Via the import interface, you can read data from other applica-
tions into DIGSI 5. This thus enables external project engi-
[dw_engineering_appl, 2, en_US]
Figure 3.10/11 Open exchange formats allow reuse of data at all levels
IEC 61850 - Ethernet-based substation automation protocol • Flexible object modeling, freedom in addressing objects and
flexible communication services assure the highest possible
IEC 61850 is more than just a substation automation protocol.
degree of interoperability and effective exchange and expan-
The standard comprehensively defines data types, functions and
sion concepts.
communication in station networks. In Edition 2, the influence
of the standard is extended to more sectors of the energy supply • Full compatibility and interoperability with IEC 61850 Editions
industry. Siemens actively participated in designing the process 1 and 2
of adapting Edition 1 to Edition 2 for the purposes of the stand-
ardization framework. Edition 2 fills in certain omissions and The internal structure of SIPROTEC 5 devices conforms to IEC
defines additional applications. As a global market leader with 61850. The net result is that for the first time an integrated,
Edition 1 SIPROTEC 4 devices, we have resolved the issues of end-to-end system and device engineering, from the single
interoperability, flexibility and compatibility between Editions 1 plant line to device parameterization, conforming to the guiding
and 2: Cooperation with Edition 1 devices is possible without principles of IEC 61850 is possible.
difficulties.
IEC 61850
• Converting the complexity of the IEC 61850 data model into
your familiar user language
• Integrated, consistent system and device engineering (from
the single line of the plant to device parameterization on the
basis of the IEC 61850 data model)
SIPROTEC 5 ⋅ Devices Protection, Automation and Monitoring ⋅ Catalog SIPROTEC 5.01 - Edition 4 3.10/7
SIPROTEC 5 System
Engineering – IEC 61850 - Ethernet-based substation automation protocol
[DIGSI_catalog, 1, en_US]
3.10/8 SIPROTEC 5 ⋅ Devices Protection, Automation and Monitoring ⋅ Siemens SIPROTEC 5.01 - Edition 4
SIPROTEC 5 System
Engineering – IEC 61850 - Ethernet-based substation automation protocol
3.10
[structure_editor, 1, --_--]
Figure 3.10/14 Editor for adapting the IEC 61850 structure in the
SIPROTEC 5 view
Figure 3.10/15 An IEC 61850 system configurator for all devices in the station
IEC 61850 system configurator SIPROTEC Compact, Reyrolle, SICAM RTUs, SICAM IO/AI/P85x/
Q100 – but also devices from other areas (such as SITRAS PRO)
The IEC 61850 system configurator is the manufacturer-neutral
or from third parties.
solution for the interoperable engineering of IEC 61850
products and systems and supports all devices with IEC 61850, The tool supports the SCL (substation configuration description
not just Siemens products - like SIPROTEC 5, SIPROTEC 4, language) configuration files from the IEC 61850-6 through
SIPROTEC 5 ⋅ Devices Protection, Automation and Monitoring ⋅ Catalog SIPROTEC 5.01 - Edition 4 3.10/9
SIPROTEC 5 System
Engineering – Effective fault analysis with SIGRA
SIGRA can be used for all fault records present in the COMTRADE • 2 measuring cursors that are synchronized in all views
and SIPROTEC file formats. The software product is available as • High-performance panning and zoom functions (e.g. section
an optional package in addition to DIGSI 5 Standard, as a stand- enlargement)
alone variant, and is a component of DIGSI 5 Premium.
• User-friendly project engineering via drag & drop
• Innovative signal routing in a clearly structured matrix
• Time-saving user profiles, which can be assigned to individual
relay types or series
• Addition of further fault records and synchronization of
multiple fault records with a common time basis
• Simple documentation through copying of the diagrams e.g.
into MS Office programs
• Offline fault location determination
3.10/10 SIPROTEC 5 ⋅ Devices Protection, Automation and Monitoring ⋅ Siemens SIPROTEC 5.01 - Edition 4
SIPROTEC 5 System
Engineering – Overview of functions
[Harmonics, 1, en_US]
SIPROTEC 5 ⋅ Devices Protection, Automation and Monitoring ⋅ Catalog SIPROTEC 5.01 - Edition 4 3.10/11
SIPROTEC 5 System
Hardware – Hardware building blocks - flexible and modular
For the SIPROTEC devices 7xx85, 7xx86 and 7xx87, you can also • Separate control keys for switching commands
combine different base and expansion modules, add communi-
cation modules and select an installation variant that fits the
• Context-sensitive keys with labeling in the display
space you have available. The 7xx82 devices cannot be • Complete numeric keypad for simple entry of setting values
expanded with expansion modules. and easy navigation in the menu
With this modular principle, you can realize any quantity struc- • Up to 80 LEDs for signaling, 16 of which are in two colors.
tures you desire. In this way, hardware that is tailored to the
User-friendly design
application can be selected. Figure 3.11/1 shows a modular
device consisting of a base module and 4 expansion modules. • No opening of device necessary for installation and servicing
– Easy battery replacement on the back of the device
– Simple replacement of communication modules with plug-
in technology
– Electronically settable (no jumpers) threshold for binary
inputs
– Rated current (1 A/5 A) of current transformer inputs
configurable electronically
• Removable terminal blocks
– Pre-wiring of terminals is possible
– Simple replacement of current transformers, for example
with sensitive ground-current transformers for network
conversions
– Increased safety, since open current-transformer circuits are
[SIP5 GD_SS_LED_LED_oLED_W3, 1, --_--]
no longer possible (safety CT plug).
Figure 3.11/1 SIPROTEC 5 device built in modules Base and expansion modules
A SIPROTEC 5 device consists of a base module, up to 9 expan-
SIPROTEC 5 - the use of the modular building block sion modules and a power supply module for the optional
The SIPROTEC 5 hardware building blocks provide the cumula- second row. Base and expansion modules are distinguished
tive experience of Siemens in digital protection devices and bay firstly by their width. The base module is 1/3 x 19" wide. Located
controllers. In addition, specific innovations were realized that on the rear panel are process connections and space for up to
make the application easier for you, such as recorder and PQ two plug-in modules. The expansion modules and the power
functionalities. supply for the second row are each 1/6 x 19” wide. Expansion
modules can provide either additional process connections or
3.11/1 SIPROTEC 5 ⋅ Devices Protection, Automation and Monitoring ⋅ Siemens SIPROTEC 5.01 - Edition 4
SIPROTEC 5 System
Hardware – On-site operation panel
communication connections and are available for the devices On-site operation panel
7xx85, 7xx86, 7xx87 and 6MD8.
The on-site operation panel is a separate component of the
Figure 3.11/2 shows the rear panel of a device consisting of a SIPROTEC 5 modular system. This allows you to combine a base
base module in which the power supply, the CPU board and an or expansion module with a suitable on-site operation panel,
input/output CPU module are permanently installed, as well as according to your requirements. The modular system offers 3.11
4 expansion modules for extending the input/output quantity 3 different on-site operation panels for selection for base
structure, and communication modules. Each expansion module modules and also for expansion modules.
contains an input/output module. The components are The following variants are available for basic modules:
connected by bus connector plugs and mechanical interlock-
ings. • With a large display, keypad and 16 two-colored LEDs
Such a device can be ordered pre-configured from the factory. In • With a small display, keypad and 16 two-colored LEDs
this context, you can choose between the standard variants
predefined by Siemens and the devices you have combined • 16 two-colored LEDs
yourself. Every SIPROTEC 5 device can also be converted or
extended according to your wishes. The modular concept abso-
lutely ensures that the final device meets all standards, particu-
larly with regard to EMC and environmental requirements.
[E_CC_SIP5_19Zoll_KomMod, 1, --_--]
[Bedieneinheiten, 1, --_--]
Figure 3.11/3 Operation panels with (from left) large and small display, and operation panel without display
SIPROTEC 5 ⋅ Devices Protection, Automation and Monitoring ⋅ Catalog SIPROTEC 5.01 - Edition 4 3.11/2
SIPROTEC 5 System
Hardware – On-site operation panel
[Erweiterungsmodule, 1, en_US]
graphical representations. Figure 3.11/5 Display images - measured value and control display
Below the display there is a 12-key block. In combination with 4
navigation keys and 2 option keys, you have everything you The operation panel with large display can also show a complex
need to navigate conveniently and quickly through all informa- control display and thus offers more room for measured values
tion that is shown in the display. 2 LEDs on the upper border of and the display of event lists. This operation panel is therefore
the operation panel inform you about the current device oper- the first choice for bay controllers, busbar protection or
ating state. combined protection and electronic control units.
16 additional LEDs, to the left of the keypad, ensure quick, As a third option, an economical variant is available without
targeted process feedback. The USB interface enables fast data keypad and display. This variant is appropriate for devices that
transfer. It is easily accessible from the front and well protected are seldom or never used by the operational crew.
with a plastic cover. The keys O and I (red and green) for the direct control of equip-
ment, a reset button for the LEDs, and the CTRL key for acti-
vating the system diagram complete the operation panel.
3.11/3 SIPROTEC 5 ⋅ Devices Protection, Automation and Monitoring ⋅ Siemens SIPROTEC 5.01 - Edition 4
SIPROTEC 5 System
Hardware – On-site operation panel
[Bedienfront, 1, en_US]
SIPROTEC 5 ⋅ Devices Protection, Automation and Monitoring ⋅ Catalog SIPROTEC 5.01 - Edition 4 3.11/4
SIPROTEC 5 System
Hardware – Integrated interfaces
A surface-mounting device with the on-site operation panel Table 3.11/1 Hardware properties
detached
Integrated interfaces
If the operation panel is to be installed detached from the
device, it can be installed as a separate part and connected to USB connections on the front side
the device with a 2.5 m or 5 m long connecting cable. In this The device can be accessed with the operating program DIGSI 5
way, the SIPROTEC 5 device can be situated, for example, in the by plugging a standard USB cable into the USB-B socket on the
low-voltage fixture and the operation panel can be installed front side of the base module. The complete configuration and
precisely at the correct working height in the cabinet door. In setting of the device can be carried out via this point-to-point
this case, the device is fastened like a surface-mounting device connection.
to the cabinet wall. An opening must be provided in the door for
the operation panel. Integrated interfaces on the rear panel of the base module
The base module offers various, permanently installed interfaces
on the rear panel. For even greater flexibility, 2 slots are avail-
able for plug-in modules. For this, please observe the connec-
tion diagrams in the attachment.
[abgesetztes_display, 1, --_--]
3.11/5 SIPROTEC 5 ⋅ Devices Protection, Automation and Monitoring ⋅ Siemens SIPROTEC 5.01 - Edition 4
SIPROTEC 5 System
Hardware – The SIPROTEC 5 terminals
and is connected with the RJ45 on the base module. The CB202
has its own wide-range power supply unit. A great advantage
here is that the switch integrated in an Ethernet module can
execute its data forwarding function for neighboring devices
even if the power supply of the base device is switched off,
3.11
provided the CB202 is still powered. Thus, an Ethernet ring is
not broken when one device is in service.
Via plug-in modules, the devices can be extended with protocol
interfaces and analog inputs. The devices can be ordered with
assembled modules or be extended with modules retroactively.
An expansion module CB202 (right photo in Figure 3.11/9) can
also be assembled with plug-in modules. The modules are easy
to service and can be plugged in without having to open the
device. Since the modules have their own processor, the basic
functions of the device, for example, the protection functions
and the protocol application, are largely independent.
Modules are delivered without configured protocols or applica-
tions. One or more appropriate modules are suggested in the
order configurator corresponding to the desired protocol on a
module. There are serial modules with 1 or 2 electrical and
optical interfaces. Different applications can run on both inter-
[Rückansicht_Basis_CB202, 1, --_--]
faces, for example, synchronous protection communication of a
Figure 3.11/9 Rear view of the device with integrated interfaces and differential protection on one interface and an IEC 60870-5-103
module slots (left: base module, right: CB202) protocol on the second interface. Electrical and optical modules
for Ethernet are still available. For example, the IEC 61850
Integrated Ethernet interface (RJ45) protocol as well as auxiliary services may be executed for each
This electrical RJ45 interface serves to connect DIGSI 5 via a local module.
Ethernet network. In this way, several devices can be operated The SIPROTEC 5 terminals
from DIGSI 5 via one external switch. DIGSI 5 detects the devices
Innovative terminals were developed for the SIPROTEC 5 family .
even without an IP configuration on the local network and can
ll terminals are individually removable (Figure 3.11/11). This
then assign them network addresses.
enables prewiring of the systems, as well as simple device
Optionally, the protocol IEC 61850 can be activated on this replacement without costly re-wiring.
interface for connections up to 6 clients. With the 7Sx82 devices
A
and SIPROTEC 5 with CP300, GOOSE messages are also
supported on this interface.
Time-synchronizing interface (port G)
Via the 9-pole Sub-D socket (connection compatible with
SIPROTEC 4), the time in the device can be synchronized. The set
clock telegram IRIG-B005 (007) of a GPS receiver can be fed with
5 V, 12 V or 24 V levels. In addition, the Central European DCF77
format with summer and winter time changes is supported. An
additional second pulse input enables microsecond-precise
synchronization of the device from a highly precise time source,
e.g. a special GPS receiver. This accuracy is needed for special
protection and measuring tasks. In this way, devices can be
precisely synchronized to the microsecond supra-regionally. For
this, Siemens provides a pre-fabricated complete solution with
time receiver, optical fi ber converters and appropriate connec-
tion cables.
Connecting a detached operation panel (port H)
A detached operation panel provided together with the connec-
tion cable can be connected to this interface. The maximum [terminal blocks, 1, --_--]
distance is 2.5 or 5 meters. Figure 3.11/10 Voltage and current terminal block with jumpers
Connecting the expansion unit CB202 (RJ45)
The base module offers slots for 2 plug-in modules. If more
plug-in modules are needed, these can be provided via a special
expansion module CB202. This module is connected via RJ45.
The expansion module is delivered with an appropriate cable
SIPROTEC 5 ⋅ Devices Protection, Automation and Monitoring ⋅ Catalog SIPROTEC 5.01 - Edition 4 3.11/6
SIPROTEC 5 System
Hardware – Modules
Current terminals
The 8-pole current terminal with 4 integrated current trans-
formers is available in 3 designs:
• 4 protection-class current transformers
• 3 protection-class current transformers + 1 sensitive protec-
tion-class transformer
• 4 instrument transformers
The terminal design provides the following advantages for the
connection of currents:
• Exchange of the current transformer type also possible retro-
actively on-site (for example, protection-class current trans-
formers for instrument transformer, sensitive for normal
ground-current transformers in cases of network conversions)
• Additional safety during tests or device replacement since the [IO202, 1, --_--]
secondary current transformer circuits always remain closed Figure 3.11/12 Rear view of an expansion module IO202
Voltage terminal
Second device row
The voltage transformers and the binary input and output
signals are connected via the 14-pole voltage terminal. The Should the quantity structure of a device with 4 expansion
cable route away from the device enables clear terminal wiring. modules not suffice, it can be expanded by a second row. A
Jumpers precisely matching the current and voltage terminals PS203 power supply is required for this in the first mounting
are available for connecting contacts to common potential (see position of the second row. The remaining 5 positions can be
spare parts/accessories, chapter Attachment). filled with expansion modules from the SIPROTEC 5 building
blocks. Exception: The CB202 must always be positioned in the
Modules
first row and can only be used once per device.
Selection of the input/output modules
Module CB202
Which and how many process connections a base or expansion
Module CB202 represents a special case. The CB202 provides
module has depends on the choice of a particular input/output
3 plug-in module positions for up to 2 communication modules
module. The modular building block concept includes different
or up to 3 measuring-transducer modules. Combinations are
input/output modules.
also possible, for example, 2 communication modules and one
The IO202 input/output module is used, for example, as a base measuring-transducer module.
measuring module. By equipping several modules with this, you
The power supply is integrated, so that the CB202 can be
can achieve up to 40 measuring channels per SIPROTEC 5
powered independently of the master unit. Communication
device.
with the master unit is assured via an RJ45 connector and the
bus connection on the front of the module.
3.11/7 SIPROTEC 5 ⋅ Devices Protection, Automation and Monitoring ⋅ Siemens SIPROTEC 5.01 - Edition 4
SIPROTEC 5 System
Hardware – Measuring ranges of current-transformer modules
Plug-In Modules
Plug-in modules are available for communication or analog
inputs and arc protection. The communication modules are
described in the "Communication" chapter.
Measuring-transducer module ANAI-CA-4EL
The module has four 20 mA inputs. It can be plugged into one
of the slots in the PS201 or CB202. Multiple measured value
modules can be used with each device (one in each available
slot). The connections are created via an 8-pole screw terminal
block Figure 3.11/15).
The technical data for the measuring transducer module is
provided in the Attachment "Summary of Technical Data".
[PB201, 1, --_--]
SIPROTEC 5 ⋅ Devices Protection, Automation and Monitoring ⋅ Catalog SIPROTEC 5.01 - Edition 4 3.11/8
SIPROTEC 5 System
Hardware – Plug-In Modules
3.11
[ANAI-CA-4EL, 1, --_--]
[ARC-CD-3FO, 1, --_--]
3.11/9 SIPROTEC 5 ⋅ Devices Protection, Automation and Monitoring ⋅ Siemens SIPROTEC 5.01 - Edition 4
SIPROTEC 5 System
Hardware – Quantity structure of the modules for 7xx82 devices
BO power relay
Power Supply
BI (isolated)
Description
Description
V input
I input
PS101 Power supply module for all 7xx82 devices 3 1 2 1) 2 ■ ■ 1
IO101 Base module for all 7xx82 devices that require 4 1 7 4 2 ■ - 1
current measurement
IO102 Base module for all 7xx82 devices that require 4 4 1 7 4 2 ■ - 1
current and voltage measurement
IO110 Base module for additional binary inputs and 12 7 ■ - 1
outputs for all 7xx82 devices
*Type F - fast relay with monitoring (response time < 5 ms) / **Type HS - high-speed relay (contact with solid-state bypass) with monitoring (response time < 0.2 ms)
The connection diagrams of the individual modules are included in the Attachment
SIPROTEC 5 ⋅ Devices Protection, Automation and Monitoring ⋅ Catalog SIPROTEC 5.01 - Edition 4 3.11/10
SIPROTEC 5 System
Hardware – Quantity structure of the modules for all 7xx85, 7xx86, 7xx87 and 6MD8 devices
Quantity structure of the modules for all 7xx85, 7xx86, 7xx87 and 6MD8 devices
BO power relay
Power Supply
BI (isolated)
Description
Description
V input
I input
PS201 Power supply module for first module row 3 1 2 1) 2 ■ ■ 1
PS203 Power supply module for second module row ■ ■ 2
CB202 Module with 3 additional slots for modules 3 ■ ■ 1
and an independent power supply
PB201 Process-bus module ■ 1
IO201 Base module for protection applications that 4 8 4 2 ■ ■ 1.2
do not require voltage measurement
IO202 Base module for all devices that require 4 4 8 4 2 ■ ■ 1.2
current and voltage measurement
IO203 Module for devices that require numerous 8 4 4 ■ ■ 1.2
current inputs
IO204 This module contains 4 power relays for direct 10 4 4 ■ 1.2
control of the operating mechanism motors of
grounding switches and disconnectors
IO205 For applications with binary inputs and binary 12 16 ■ 1.2
outputs
IO206 For applications with binary inputs and binary 6 7 ■ 1.2
outputs
IO207 Geared toward bay controllers due to the 16 8 ■ 1.2
predominant number of binary inputs
IO208 Typical module for protective applications. In 4 4 4 3 6 2 ■ ■ 1.2
contrast to the IO202, it is equipped with
more relay outputs
IO209 This module is used when extremely fast trip- 8 4 ■ 1.2
ping times (4 make contacts, 0.2 ms pickup
time) are required, such as in extra-high
voltage protection
IO211 This module is for devices that require 8 8 8 ■ 1.2
numerous voltage inputs
IO212 Module for very fast detection of measuring 8 8 1.2
transducer signals (20 mA or 10 V) with a
main field of application for the recording of
interference signals and monitoring
IO214 Typical module for protective applications. In 4 4 2 4 4 ■ ■ 1.2
contrast to the IO202, it has a reduced quan-
tity structure
IO215 Special module for connection of special high- 42) 4 8 4 2 ■ 1.2
impedance voltage dividers via 10-V voltage
inputs
*Type F - fast relay with monitoring (response time < 5 ms) / **Type HS - high-speed relay (contact with solid-state bypass) with monitoring (response time < 0.2 ms)
1) Of these, 1 life contact / 2) 10 V voltage inputs for RC dividers with high impedance
The connection diagrams of the individual modules are included in the Attachment
3.11/11 SIPROTEC 5 ⋅ Devices Protection, Automation and Monitoring ⋅ Siemens SIPROTEC 5.01 - Edition 4
SIPROTEC 5 System
Hardware – Standard variants
BO power relay
Power Supply
BI (isolated)
Description
Description
V input
I input
IO230 Module for receiving large volumes of infor- 48 ■ 1.2
mation, such as in the bay controllers or
busbar protection. The process connection is
made via special terminals
IO231 Module for receiving and the output of large 24 24 ■ 1.2
volumes of information, such as in the bay
controllers or busbar protection. The process
connection is made via special terminals
*Type F - fast relay with monitoring (response time < 5 ms) / **Type HS - high-speed relay (contact with solid-state bypass) with monitoring (response time < 0.2 ms)
1) Of these, 1 life contact / 2) 10 V voltage inputs for RC dividers with high impedance
The connection diagrams of the individual modules are included in the Attachment
Table 3.11/4 Quantity structure of the modules for all 7xx85, 7xx86, 7xx87 and 6MD8 devices
Standard variants Figure 3.11/17 shows one possible standard variant for
To make it easier to select the correct devices, Siemens offers SIPROTEC 7SL87. This variant describes a 2/3 x 19" wide device
you pre-configured devices called standard variants. These having the following quantity structure.
combinations of a base module and one or more expansion • 15 binary inputs
modules are intended for specific applications. In this way, you
can order exactly the right device with a single order number. • 20 binary outputs
The standard variants can also be modified easily and quickly • 8 current inputs
with additional expansion modules. Thus, it is just as easy to add
modules as it is to replace certain modules with others. The • 8 voltage inputs.
available standard variants are listed in the order configurator.
The modules used in the device can be seen on the results page
of the SIPROTEC 5 configurator (see chapter Engineering for
more details).
In our example, the following modules are used in positions 1 to
3:
• Position 1: IO208
• Position 2: PS201
• Position 3: IO202.
The individual terminals are defined by the mounting position of
the module and the terminal designations of the module (see
the Attachment, Connection variations).
As an example, the terminals of the first 4 current inputs, which
are on the IO208 at position 1, are designated as follows:
• I1: 1A1 and 1A2
• I2: 1A3 and 1A4
[SIP5_GD_SS_W3, 1, --_--]
• I3: 1A5 and 1A6
Figure 3.11/17 Standard variant for SIPROTEC 7SL87
• I4: 1A7 and 1A8.
SIPROTEC 5 ⋅ Devices Protection, Automation and Monitoring ⋅ Catalog SIPROTEC 5.01 - Edition 4 3.11/12
SIPROTEC 5 System
Hardware – Standard variants
The additional 4 current inputs are at the 3rd mounting position Regardless of whether you choose a standard variant or
on the IO202 module and are designated as follows: configure your devices freely – you always receive a thoroughly
tested, complete device.
• I1: 3A1 and 3A2
3.11
• I2: 3A3 and 3A4
• I3: 3A5 and 3A6
• I4: 3A7 and 3A8.
[dwbgrpos-170713-01.tif, 2, en_US]
3.11/13 SIPROTEC 5 ⋅ Devices Protection, Automation and Monitoring ⋅ Siemens SIPROTEC 5.01 - Edition 4
SIPROTEC 5 System
Hardware – Standard variants
SIPROTEC 5 ⋅ Devices Protection, Automation and Monitoring ⋅ Catalog SIPROTEC 5.01 - Edition 4 3.11/14
SIPROTEC 5 System
Hardware – Standard variants
3.11
3.11/15 SIPROTEC 5 ⋅ Devices Protection, Automation and Monitoring ⋅ Siemens SIPROTEC 5.01 - Edition 4
www.siemens.com/siprotec
Appendix
Appendix
Chapter
4/1 SIPROTEC 5 ⋅ Devices Protection, Automation and Monitoring ⋅ Siemens SIPROTEC 5.01 - Edition 4
Appendix
DIGSI 5 – Variants and system requirements – Description
processes. Only the information you actually need to carry out • MS Windows Server 2012 R2
your tasks is shown. These can be reduced further via expanded
filter mechanisms. Consistent use of sophisticated and standar- • VMware support for virtual machines running under one of
dized mechanisms in the user interfaces requires less training. the operating systems listed above
[dw_engineering, 2, en_US]
Hardware requirements
• Intel® Celeron® Dual Core 2.2 GHz (Ivy/Sandy Bridge)
• 5 GB available hard-disk space (Solid state disk (SSD) recom-
mended)
• 4 GB RAM (8 GB recommended)
• HD-ready graphic display ready with a resolution of
1280x1024 or 1376x768
SIPROTEC 5 ⋅ Devices Protection, Automation and Monitoring ⋅ Catalog SIPROTEC 5.01 - Edition 4 4.1/1
Appendix
DIGSI 5 – Variants and system requirements – Order data for DIGSI 5 variants
4.1/2 SIPROTEC 5 ⋅ Devices Protection, Automation and Monitoring ⋅ Siemens SIPROTEC 5.01 - Edition 4
Appendix
DIGSI 5 – Variants and system requirements – Overview of functions for DIGSI 5 variants
SIPROTEC 5 ⋅ Devices Protection, Automation and Monitoring ⋅ Catalog SIPROTEC 5.01 - Edition 4 4.1/3
Appendix
Spare parts and accessories
Group Accessories Article per packaging unit Order no. (short designa-
tion)
Terminal Voltage terminal, terminal block, 14-pole 8 P1Z499
Terminal Voltage input (power supply) 2 P1Z505
Terminal block, 2-pole1
Terminal Type A current terminal, 4 x protection 1 P1Z512
(for modular devices)
Terminal Type A current terminal, 3 x protection and 1 x measurement 1 P1Z529
(for modular devices)
4.2 Terminal Type A current terminal, 4 x measurement 1 P1Z536
(for modular devices)
Terminal Type B current terminal, 4 x protection 1 P1Z1869
(for non-modular devices)
Terminal Type B current terminal, 3 x protection and 1 x measurement 1 P1Z1647
(for non-modular devices)
Terminal 2-pole cross connector for current terminal 3 P1Z543
Terminal Module terminal pair IO1102 2 P1Z1656
Terminal Terminal set only for IO230/2313 1 P1Z1841
Terminal 2-pole cross connector for voltage terminal 6 P1Z550
Terminal Cover for current terminal block 1 P1Z567
Terminal Cover for voltage terminal block 8 P1Z574
Accessories Cable, integrated operation panel, 0.43 m 1 P1Z666
Accessories Cable, detached operation panel, 2.50 m (for retrofitting surface- 1 P1Z1878
mounting housing with integrated operation panel in surface-
mounting housing with detached operation panel)
Accessories Cable, detached operation panel, 5.00 m (for retrofitting surface- 1 P1Z2132
mounting housing with integrated operation panel in surface-
mounting housing with detached operation panel)
Accessories Cable set, COM link cable 1 P1Z673
Accessories Set of angle brackets 2 P1Z1850
Accessories Labeling strips for LEDs/keypad 10 P1Z697
Accessories Set of part for mounting bracket 1/2 2 P1Z703
Accessories Set of parts for mounting bracket 2/3 2 P1Z710
Accessories Set of parts for mounting bracket 5/6 2 P1Z727
Accessories Set of parts for mounting bracket 1/1 2 P1Z734
Accessories Screw cover 1/3, type C11 4 P1Z901
Accessories Screw cover 1/3, type C12 4
Accessories Screw cover 1/6, type C21 4 P1Z1281
Accessories Bus termination plate 2 P1Z1496
Accessories Panel surface mounting assembly frame (for mounting a device 1 P1X73
7xx82 in the panel surface mounting)
Accessories SDHC memory card for 7KE85 1 P1Z2530
Sensors for arc protection Point sensor with line length of 3 m 1 P1X19
Sensors for arc protection Point sensor with line length of 4 m 1 P1X28
Sensors for arc protection Point sensor with line length of 5 m 1 P1X37
Sensors for arc protection Point sensor with line length of 10 m 1 P1X46
Sensors for arc protection Point sensor with line length of 15 m 1 P1X55
Sensors for arc protection Point sensor with line length of 20 m 1 P1X64
Sensors for arc protection Point sensor with line length of 35 m 1 P1X82
4.2/1 SIPROTEC 5 ⋅ Devices Protection, Automation and Monitoring ⋅ Siemens SIPROTEC 5.01 - Edition 4
Appendix
Connection diagrams
4.3
[tdcb202x-100713-01.tif, 2, en_US]
[tdps101x-210513-01.tif, 1, en_US]
[tdps203x-030713-01.tif, 2, en_US]
[tdio101x-220513-01.tif, 1, en_US]
[tdps201x-270812-01.tif, 1, en_US]
SIPROTEC 5 ⋅ Devices Protection, Automation and Monitoring ⋅ Catalog SIPROTEC 5.01 - Edition 4 4.3/1
Appendix
Connection diagrams
4.3
[tdio201x-290812-01.tif, 1, en_US]
[tdio110x-220513-01.tif, 1, en_US]
4.3/2 SIPROTEC 5 ⋅ Devices Protection, Automation and Monitoring ⋅ Siemens SIPROTEC 5.01 - Edition 4
Appendix
Connection diagrams
4.3
[tdio203x-110313-01.tif, 1, en_US]
[tdio202x-240812-01.tif, 1, en_US]
[tdio204x-201112-01.tif, 1, en_US]
SIPROTEC 5 ⋅ Devices Protection, Automation and Monitoring ⋅ Catalog SIPROTEC 5.01 - Edition 4 4.3/3
Appendix
Connection diagrams
4.3
[tdio205x-240812-01.tif, 1, en_US]
[tdio207x-300812-01.tif, 1, en_US]
Figure 4.3/12 Connection diagram for the IO205
Figure 4.3/14 Connection diagram for the IO207
[tdio206x-050313-02.tif, 1, en_US]
4.3/4 SIPROTEC 5 ⋅ Devices Protection, Automation and Monitoring ⋅ Siemens SIPROTEC 5.01 - Edition 4
Appendix
Connection diagrams
4.3
[tdio208x-300812-01.tif, 1, en_US]
[tdio211x-211112-01.tif, 1, en_US]
[tdio209x-270812-01.tif, 1, en_US]
Figure 4.3/16 Connection diagram for the IO209 (HS: Highspeed Relay)
SIPROTEC 5 ⋅ Devices Protection, Automation and Monitoring ⋅ Catalog SIPROTEC 5.01 - Edition 4 4.3/5
Appendix
Connection diagrams
4.3
[tdio212x, 1, en_US]
[dwtdio230x-211013, 1, en_US]
[tdio214x-270812-01.tif, 1, en_US]
4.3/6 SIPROTEC 5 ⋅ Devices Protection, Automation and Monitoring ⋅ Siemens SIPROTEC 5.01 - Edition 4
Appendix
Connection diagrams
4.3
[td_tdio231x, 1, en_US]
SIPROTEC 5 ⋅ Devices Protection, Automation and Monitoring ⋅ Catalog SIPROTEC 5.01 - Edition 4 4.3/7
Appendix
Dimension drawings – Flush-Mounting Device
Flush-Mounting Device
4.4
[dw_z1_2-3, 1, en_US]
Figure 4.4/3 Cut-Out Widths and Drilling Pattern - 2/3 Device, First Row
[dw_z1_1-3, 1, en_US]
Figure 4.4/1 Cut-Out Widths and Drilling Pattern - 1/3 Device, First Row
[dw_z1_5-6, 1, en_US]
Figure 4.4/4 Cut-Out Widths and Drilling Pattern - 5/6 Device, First Row
[dw_z1_1-2, 1, en_US]
Figure 4.4/2 Cut-Out Widths and Drilling Pattern - 1/2 Device, First Row
[dw_z1_1-1, 1, en_US]
Figure 4.4/5 Cut-Out Widths and Drilling Pattern - 1/1 Device, First
Device Row
4.4/1 SIPROTEC 5 ⋅ Devices Protection, Automation and Monitoring ⋅ Siemens SIPROTEC 5.01 - Edition 4
Appendix
Dimension drawings – Flush-Mounting Device
All drillings in the area of the specific device cut-out widths must
comply with the dimensions in the corresponding figures.
4.4
[dw_z2_4-6, 1, en_US]
Figure 4.4/8 Cut-Out Widths and Drilling Pattern - 2/3 Device, Second
Device Row
[dw_z2_2-6, 1, en_US]
Figure 4.4/6 Cut-Out Widths and Drilling Pattern - 1/3 Device, Second
Device Row
[dw_z2_5-6, 1, en_US]
Figure 4.4/9 Cut-Out Widths and Drilling Pattern - 5/6 Device, Second
Device Row
[dw_z2_3-6, 1, en_US]
Figure 4.4/7 Cut-Out Widths and Drilling Pattern - 1/2 Device, Second
Device Row
SIPROTEC 5 ⋅ Devices Protection, Automation and Monitoring ⋅ Catalog SIPROTEC 5.01 - Edition 4 4.4/2
Appendix
Dimension drawings – Surface-Mounting Devices with Detached On-Site Operation Panel
Dimension a
Housing Widths in mm (in Inches)
(Total Width: Housing Width +
4.6 mm (0.18 in))
1/3 device 145 (5.71)
1/2 device 220 (8.66)
2/3 device 295 (11.61)
5/6 device 370 (14.57)
1/1 device 445 (17.52)
Figure 4.4/12 Drilling Pattern of the On-Site Operation Panel of the 1/3
Device
4.4/3 SIPROTEC 5 ⋅ Devices Protection, Automation and Monitoring ⋅ Siemens SIPROTEC 5.01 - Edition 4
Appendix
Dimension drawings – Surface-Mounting Devices with Detached On-Site Operation Panel
[dw_z1_osop_1-1, 1, en_US]
Figure 4.4/16 Drilling Pattern of the On-Site Operation Panel of the 1/1
Device 4.4
[dw_z1_osop_1-2, 1, en_US]
Figure 4.4/13 Drilling Pattern of the On-Site Operation Panel of the 1/2
Device
[dwosopab-070211-01.tif, 2, en_US]
[dw_z1_osop_2-3, 1, en_US]
The cable length for the detached operation panel is up to 5 m
(196.85 in).
Figure 4.4/14 Drilling Pattern of the On-Site Operation Panel of the 2/3
Device
[dw_z1_osop_5-6, 1, en_US]
Figure 4.4/15 Drilling Pattern of the On-Site Operation Panel of the 5/6
Device
SIPROTEC 5 ⋅ Devices Protection, Automation and Monitoring ⋅ Catalog SIPROTEC 5.01 - Edition 4 4.4/4
Appendix
Dimension drawings – Surface-Mounting Devices with Integrated On-Site Operation Panel (Non-Modular
Device)
Surface-Mounting Devices with Integrated On-Site
Operation Panel (Non-Modular Device)
4.4
[dwosopin-070211-01.tif, 2, en_US]
[dwbohrge-1_2.vsd, 1, en_US]
4.4/5 SIPROTEC 5 ⋅ Devices Protection, Automation and Monitoring ⋅ Siemens SIPROTEC 5.01 - Edition 4
Appendix
Dimension drawings – Surface-Mounting Devices with Integrated On-Site Operation Panel (Modular
Device)
4.4
[dwbohrge-070211-01.tif, 2, en_US]
[dwbohrge-5_6.vsd, 1, en_US]
SIPROTEC 5 ⋅ Devices Protection, Automation and Monitoring ⋅ Catalog SIPROTEC 5.01 - Edition 4 4.4/6
Appendix
Dimension drawings – Surface-Mounting Devices with Integrated On-Site Operation Panel (Modular
Device)
4.4
[dw_z2_bohr_5-6.vsd, 1, en_US]
[dw_z2_bohr_1-2.vsd, 1, en_US]
[dw_z2_bohr_1-1.vsd, 1, en_US]
[dw_z2_bohr_2-3.vsd, 1, en_US]
4.4/7 SIPROTEC 5 ⋅ Devices Protection, Automation and Monitoring ⋅ Siemens SIPROTEC 5.01 - Edition 4
Appendix
Grouping of measured values
Frequency f
Power P, Q, S (three-phase, phase-specific)
Power factor f
Fundamental and symmetrical components Calculation of phasor variables with Fourier filter or according to transformation rule
Phase currents IA, IB, IC
4.5
Ground current IN, INS (sensitive)
SIPROTEC 5 ⋅ Devices Protection, Automation and Monitoring ⋅ Catalog SIPROTEC 5.01 - Edition 4 4.5/1
Appendix
Technical data – Current Inputs
All current, voltage, and power data are specified as RMS values. Connector type 8-pin multiple contact strip
Rated frequency frated 50 Hz, 60 Hz Differential current 4
input channels
16.7 Hz (for rail protection devices only)
Measuring range DC -24 mA to +24 mA
Protection-class Rated current Measuring Measuring
current transformers Irated range of the range of the Fault < 0.5 % of measuring range
modular non-modular Input impedance 140 Ω
devices devices Conversion principle Delta-sigma (16 bit)
5A 0 A to 500 A 0 A to 250 A Permissible potential DC 20 V
1A 0 A to 100 A 0 A to 50 A difference between
Instrument trans- 5A 0 A to 8 A 0 A to 8 A channels
formers Galvanic separation DC 700 V
1A 0 A to 1.6 A 0 A to 1.6 A
from ground/housing
Power consumption Approx. 0.1 VA
Permissible overload DC 100 mA continuously
per current circuit at
rated current Measurement repeti- 200 ms
tion
Thermal rating 500 A for 1 s
(protection and instru- 150 A for 10 s
Voltage Input
4.6 ment transformers) 20 A continuously
25 A for 3 min
All current, voltage, and power data are specified as RMS values.
30 A for 2 min
Rated frequency frated 50 Hz, 60 Hz
Dynamic load-carrying 1250 A one half wave
capacity 16.7 Hz (for rail-protection devices only)
Input and output IO202/IO208/IO211/ IO215
modules IO214
Measuring-Transducer Inputs (via Module ARC-CD-3FO)
Measuring range 0 V bis 200 V 0 V bis 7,07 V
4.6/1 SIPROTEC 5 ⋅ Devices Protection, Automation and Monitoring ⋅ Siemens SIPROTEC 5.01 - Edition 4
Appendix
Technical data – Power Relay (for Direct Control of Motor Switches)
AC 230 V, 50 Hz/
60 Hz Rated voltage range DC 24 V to 250 V
Superimposed alternating voltage, ≤ 15% of the DC auxiliary rated The binary inputs of SIPROTEC 5 are bipolar
peak-to-peak, IEC 60255-11 voltage (applies only to direct with the exception of the binary inputs on the
voltage) IO230 and on the IO231.
Inrush current ≤ 18 A Current consumption, Approx. DC 0.6 mA to 1.8 mA (independent of
Recommended external protection Miniature circuit breaker 6 A, char- excited the operating voltage)
acteristic C according to IEC 60898 Power consumption, 0.6 VA
Internal fuse max.
SIPROTEC 5 ⋅ Devices Protection, Automation and Monitoring ⋅ Catalog SIPROTEC 5.01 - Edition 4 4.6/2
Appendix
Technical data – High-Speed Relay with Semiconductor Acceleration (Type HS)
Permissible current per contact 30 A for 1 s Short-time current across closed 250 A for 30 ms
(switching on and holding) contact
Short-time current across closed 250 A for 30 ms Total permissible current for 5A
contact contacts connected to common
Total permissible current for 5A potential
contacts connected to common Switching time OOT (Output Closing time, typical: 4 ms
potential Operating Time)
Opening time, typical: 2 ms
Switching time OOT (Output ≤ 16 ms Additional delay of the output
Operating Time) Maximum: ≤ 5 ms
medium used
Additional delay of the output Rated data of the output contacts AC 120 V, 8.5 A, General Purpose
medium used in accordance with UL certification
AC 277 V, 6 A, General Purpose
Rated data of the output contacts DC 300 V, 10 A, Resistive
in accordance with UL certification AC 277 V, 0.7 hp
DC 250 V, 1 hp motor - 30 s ON,
15 min OFF AC 347 V, 4.5 A, General Purpose
4.6/3 SIPROTEC 5 ⋅ Devices Protection, Automation and Monitoring ⋅ Siemens SIPROTEC 5.01 - Edition 4
Appendix
Technical data – Base Module
Base Module EMC Electromagnetic Emission Tests (Type Tests, Test under
Mounting Conditions)
Status Color Quantity
RUN Green 1 Standards IEC 60255-26 (product
ERROR Red 1 standard)
Only the defined color Conducted emission on auxiliary-voltage lines 150 kHz to 30 MHz
can be used in opera- limit class A
CISPR 22
tion. Radiated emission CISPR 11 30 MHz to 1 000 MHz
limit class A
Signal Signal Rated Input Voltage, DC CISPR 22 1 GHz to 6 GHz limit
Levels/ class A
Burdens Loading effect in electricity-supply systems, Does not apply!
5V 12 V 24 V harmonics
(see EN 61000-3-2,
VIHigh 6.0 V 15.8 V 31.0 V Harmonic current emissions section 7, power
consumption < 75 W)
VILow 1.0 V at 1.4 V at 1.9 V at
Loading effect in electricity-supply systems, Does not apply!
IILow = 0.25 mA IILow = 0.25 mA IILow = 0.25 mA voltage fluctuations
(see EN 61000-3-3,
IIHigh 4.5 mA to 9.4 mA 4.5 mA to 9.3 mA 4.5 mA to 8.7 mA 4.6
Flicker section 6, no signifi-
RI 890 Ω at VI = 4 V 1930 Ω at VI = 8.7 3780 Ω at VI = 17 cant voltage fluctua-
tions)
V V
640 Ω at VI = 6 V 1700 Ω at VI = 3560 Ω at VI = 31
EMC Immunity Tests (Type Tests, Test under Mounting
15.8 V V
Conditions)
SIPROTEC 5 ⋅ Devices Protection, Automation and Monitoring ⋅ Catalog SIPROTEC 5.01 - Edition 4 4.6/4
Appendix
Technical data – Insulation and Safety Tests
Ri = 50 Ω
Insulation and Safety Tests
Test duration „ 5 min
High-energy surge Pulse: 1.2 µs/50 µs
Standards IEC 60255-27
voltages Auxiliary voltage Common mode: 4 kV,
Voltage test (routine test), current measure- AC 2.5 kV
IEC 61000-4-5 12 Ω, 9 µF
ment inputs, voltage measurement inputs,
50 Hz
Differential mode: relay outputs
1 kV, 2 Ω, 18 µF Voltage test (routine test), DC 3.5 kV
Measuring inputs, Common mode: 4 kV,
Auxiliary voltage, binary inputs
binary inputs, and 42 Ω, 0.5 µF
Voltage test (routine test), only isolated DC 700 V
relay outputs (no Differential mode: communication and time-synchronization
differential mode 1 kV, 42 Ω, 0.5 µF interfaces and analog inputs (module position
4.6 testing) E, F, M, N, and P)
or varistor
Conducted RF, amplitude-modulated 10 V, 150 kHz to Surge immunity test (type testing), all circuits 5 kV (peak value)
80 MHz, 80 % AM, except communication and time-synchroniza-
IEC 61000-4-6 1.2 µs/50 µs
1 kHz tion interfaces and analog inputs, class III
0.5 J
Conducted RF, amplitude-modulated 27 MHz/68 MHz at 10
V, dwell time „ 10 s 3 positive and 3 nega-
IEC 61000-4-6
tive impulses at inter-
80 % AM, 1 kHz
Spot frequencies vals of 1 s
Power frequency 100 A/m (continuous) Insulation resistance > 100 MΩ @ DC 500 V
magnetic field Resistor of protective-equipotential-bonding < 0.1 Ω @ DC 12 V,
1000 A/m for 3 s
immunity test 30 A after 1 min.
IEC 61000-4-8
Pulsed magnetic field IEC 61000-4-9 Installation Requirements
1500 A/m, 6.4 µs/16 µs
Standard for Surge 2.5 kV (peak value) Overvoltage category III
Withstand Capability Degree of pollution 2
1 MHz
(SWC) Protection class 1
τ = 15 µs
IEEE Std C37.90.1
400 impulses per s Standards
Test duration „ 10 s IEC 60255 (product standard)
Ri = 200 Ω
IEEE Std C37.90
Common mode and differential mode test
UL 508
Standard for Fast Tran- 4 kV
sient Surge Withstand Additional standards are listed for the individual tests.
5 ns/50 ns
Capability
5 kHz Vibration and Shock Stress During Transport
IEEE Std C37.90.1
Burst length 15 ms
Standards IEC 60255-21 and IEC 60068
Repetition rate 300 ms Vibration Test (sinusoidal) Sinusoidal 5 Hz to 8 Hz: ± 7.5 mm ampli-
Both polarities tude
IEC 60255-21-1, class 2 1
Ri = 50 Ω and 8 Hz to 150 Hz: 20 m/s2 acceleration
Test duration 60 s IEC 60068-2-6 Frequency sweep 1 octave/min
Common mode and differential mode test 20 cycles in 3 axes perpendicular to one
Standard for With- 20 V/m another
stand Capability or Shock Test Semi-sinusoidal
80 MHz to 1 GHz
Relay Systems to Radi-
IEC 60255-21-2, class 1 and Acceleration 150 m/s2
ated Electromagnetic Pulse modulation
Interference from IEC 60068-2-27 Duration 11 ms
Transceivers (Keying 3 shocks each in both directions of the
test) 3 axes
IEEE Std C37.90.2
4.6/5 SIPROTEC 5 ⋅ Devices Protection, Automation and Monitoring ⋅ Siemens SIPROTEC 5.01 - Edition 4
Appendix
Technical data – Vibration and Shock Stress in Stationary Use
SIPROTEC 5 ⋅ Devices Protection, Automation and Monitoring ⋅ Catalog SIPROTEC 5.01 - Edition 4 4.6/6
Appendix
Technical data – Degree of Protection to IEC 60529
Range 2 for 110 All 48 binary All 48 binary 36 binary inputs Minimum Bending Radii of the Connecting Cables Between
V and 125 V inputs usable for inputs usable for usable for unin- the On-Site Operation Panel and the Base Module
operating uninterrupted uninterrupted terrupted duty
voltage duty duty
(max. 3 in each Fiber-optic cable R = 50 mm
group of 4 at the
Pay attention to the length of the
same time)
cable protection sleeve, which you
Range 3 for 220 36 binary inputs 24 binary inputs 12 binary inputs must also include in calculations.
V and 250 V usable for unin- usable for unin- usable for unin-
D-Sub cable R = 50 mm (minimum bending
operating terrupted duty terrupted duty terrupted duty
radius)
voltage
(max. 3 in each (max. 2 in each (max. 1 in each
group of 4 at the group of 4 at the group of 4 at the
Plug-In Module Dimensions
same time) same time) same time)
USART-Ax-xFO, ETH-Bx-xFO
61 mm x 45 mm x 120.5 mm (2.4
x 1.77 x 4.74)
61 mm x 45 mm x 132.5 mm (2.4
on simultaneously. (without protection cover) x 1.77 x 5.22)
ANAI-CA-4EL 61 mm x 45 mm x 119.5 mm (2.4
4.6 x 1.77 x 4.7)
Heat-related limitations for the binary inputs on the IO231 input
module (modular devices) ARC-CD-3FO 61 mm x 45 mm x 120.5 mm (2.4
x 1.77 x 4.74)
Switching Up to 40 °C Up to 55 °C Up to 70 °C
thresholds
Range 1 for All 24 binary All 24 binary All 24 binary
Expansion Module Dimensions
24 V, 48 V, and inputs usable for inputs usable for inputs usable for
60 V operating uninterrupted uninterrupted uninterrupted Type of Construction (Maximum Width x Height x Depth 5 (in
voltage duty duty duty Dimensions) Inches)
Range 2 for 110 All 24 binary All 24 binary 18 binary inputs
Flush-mounting device 75 mm x 268 mm x 229 mm (2.95
V and 125 V inputs usable for inputs usable for usable for unin-
x 10.55 x 9.02)
operating uninterrupted uninterrupted terrupted duty
voltage duty duty Surface-mounted device with inte- 75 mm x 314 mm x 337 mm (2.95
(max. 3 in each grated on-site operation panel x 12.36 x 13.27)
group of 4 at the
Surface-mounted device with 75 mm x 314 mm x 230 mm (2.95
same time)
detached on-site operation panel x 12.36 x 9.06)
Range 3 for 220 18 binary inputs 12 binary inputs 6 binary inputs
V and 250 V usable for unin- usable for unin- usable for unin-
operating terrupted duty terrupted duty terrupted duty Dimensions of Device Rows
voltage
(max. 3 in each (max. 2 in each (max. 1 in each
Type of Width over all x Height over all x Depth 6(in Inches)
group of 4 at the group of 4 at the group of 4 at the
Construc-
same time) same time) same time)
tion
4.6/7 SIPROTEC 5 ⋅ Devices Protection, Automation and Monitoring ⋅ Siemens SIPROTEC 5.01 - Edition 4
Appendix
Technical data – Dimensions of the Basic and 1/3 Modules
Type of Width over all x Height over all x Depth 6(in Inches) Device Size
Construc-
Weight of the Non-Modular Devices 7xx82
tion
Type of construction 1/3
(Maximu
Flush-mounting device 3.7 kg
m Dimen-
sions) Bracket for non- 1.9 kg
modular surface-
Surface- 150 mm x 225 mm x 300 mm x 375 mm x 450 mm x
mounting variant
mounted 314 mm x 314 mm x 314 mm x 314 mm x 314 mm x
device 337 mm 337 mm 337 mm 337 mm 337 mm
with inte- (5.91 x (8.86 x (11.81 x (14.76 x (17.72 x UL Note
grated on- 12.36 x 12.36 x 12.36 x 12.36 x 12.36 x
site opera- 13.27) 13.27) 13.27) 13.27) 13.27) Type 1 if mounted into a door or front cover of an enclosure.
tion panel
When expanding the device with the 2nd device row, then they must
Surface- 150 mm x 225 mm x 300 mm x 375 mm x 450 mm x
be mounted completely inside an enclosure.
mounted 314 mm x 314 mm x 314 mm x 314 mm x 314 mm x
device 230 mm 230 mm 230 mm 230 mm 230 mm
with (5.91 x (8.86 x (11.81 x (14.76 x (17.72 x
detached 12.36 x 12.36 x 12.36 x 12.36 x 12.36 x
on-site 9.06) 9.06) 9.06) 9.06) 9.06)
operation
panel
4.6
Dimensions of the Basic and 1/3 Modules
Masses
Device Size
Weight of the Modular Devices
Type of construction 1/3 1/2 2/3 5/6 1/1
Flush-mounting device 4.8 kg 8.1 kg 11.4 kg 14.7 kg 18.0 kg
Surface-mounted 7.8 kg 12.6 kg 17.4 kg 22.2 kg 27.0 kg
device with integrated
on-site operation
panel
Surface-mounted 5.1 kg 8.7 kg 12.3 kg 15.9 kg 19.5 kg
device with detached
on-site operation
panel
Size Weight
Detached on-site oper- 1/3 1.9 kg
ation panel
Detached on-site oper- 1/6 1.1 kg
ation panel
SIPROTEC 5 ⋅ Devices Protection, Automation and Monitoring ⋅ Catalog SIPROTEC 5.01 - Edition 4 4.6/8
Appendix
Technical data – UL Note
4.6
4.6/9 SIPROTEC 5 ⋅ Devices Protection, Automation and Monitoring ⋅ Siemens SIPROTEC 5.01 - Edition 4
Appendix
Legal notice
SIPROTEC 5 · Devices Protection, Automation and Monitoring · Catalog SIPROTEC 5.01 - Edition 4 4
Published by
Siemens Industry Inc. 2016
Digital Grid Business Unit
PRO & SYS Group
7000 Siemens Drive
Wendell, NC 27591
www.siemens.com/protection